Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest College"

BULLETIN OF
WAKE FOREST COLLEGE

CATALOG ISSUE

WINSTON-SALEM

NORTH CAROLINA

JANUARY 1961

FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN
ACADEMIC YEAR 1961-62

CORRESPONDENCE

Inquiries to the College should be addressed as indi-
cated below:

Admissions .Director of Admissions

Alumni Affairs . Director of Alumni Ac-
tivities

Athletics Director of Athletics

Business Administration .... Dean of School of Business

Administration

Catalogs Director of Admissions

Financial Matters Treasurer

General Policy of the College.President

Gifts and Bequests President

Graduate Studies Director of Graduate Stud-
ies
Housing —

Men Director of Residences

Women Dean of Women

Law Dean of School of Law

Medicine Director of Admissions

Bowman Gray School of
Medicine, Winston-Salem,
N. C.

Placement Director of Placement

Bureau
Public Relations and De-
velopment Program President

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships

Student Affairs Dean of the College

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session

Transcripts Registrar

All addresses, except Medicine, are:

Wake Forest College, Reynolda Station

Winston-Salem, N. C.

. -

Air view of a part of the Campus

Plaza with Wait Chapel in the distance

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library

Entrance to one of the women s dormitories

A court in one of the men's dormitories

"S3

<5j

"ts

y^ f ■

Commencement in Wait Chapel

New Series

January 1961 Vol. LVI. No. 1

Wake Forest College

bulletin

CATALOG

ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-SEVENTH YEAR
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1961-1962

Published six times annually by Wake Forest College

Entered at the post office at Winston-Salem, North Carolina,
as second class matter.

Accepted for mailing on July 26, 1918, at special rate of postage provided

by Act of Congress of October 3, 1917, amended

by Act of February 28, 1925

1961

JANUARY

APRIL

JULY

OCTOBER

SMTWTFS

12 3 4 6 6 7
8 91011 121314
151617 1819 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31

1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 1011 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30

1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
910 11 12 13 14 15
16171819 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31

12 3 4 5 6 7

8 910 11 121314

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31

FEBRUARY

MAY

AUGUST

NOVEMBER

SMTWTFS

12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 1516 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28

12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1011 1213
14 1516 171819 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31

12 3 4 5

6 7 8 910 11 12

131415 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

12 3 4

5 6 7 8 91011

12 13 14 15 1617 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30

MARCH

JUNE

SEPTEMBER

DECEMBER

SMTWTFS

12 3 4

5 6 7 8 91011

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 1213 1415 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 1213 1415 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 1213 1415 16
1718 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31

1962

JANUARY

APRIL

JULY

OCTOBER

SMTWTFS

12 3 4 5 6
7 8 91011 1213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31

12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30

12 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 1718 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31

12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 1718 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31

FEBRUARY

MAY

AUGUST

NOVEMBER

SMTWTFS

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28

12 3 4 5

6 7 8 91011 12

13 1415 16 1718 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1213 14 15 16 1718
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 1213 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30

MARCH

JUNE

SEPTEMBER

DECEMBER

SMTWTFS

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 1213 1415 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

91011 121314 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
91011 12131415
16 1718 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31

EDWARDS S BROUGHTON CO.. RALEISH

June

Monday

June

Tuesday

July

Friday

>iy

Monday

July

Tuesday

August 26 Saturday

COLLEGE CALENDAR

Summer Session 1961

Registration First Term
Classes begin
First Term ends
Registration Second Term
Classes begin
Session ends

Sept.

Sept.
Sept.

6
11

11
12

13
27

Fall Term 1961

Wednesday 9:00 Dormitories open for students

1 1 :00 Cafeteria open

Wednesday 7:30 ) Orientation for freshmen
2:00\

Monday 12:

and transfer students

Monday
Tuesday

8:00
4:30

V Regist:

October 28
Nov. 1

Nov.

Nov.
Nov.

Nov.

Dec.

January

23
26

Wednesday 8:00
Wednesday 4:30

Saturday
Wednesday 4:30

Monday

Thursday {
Sunday )

27 Monday

8:00

17
2

January 3

January 15

January 16

January 1 7

January 25

Sunday )
Tuesday)

Wednesday 8:00

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday 9:00

Thursday 5:00

ration

Classes begin

Last day for dropping a class

without penalty
Homecoming (Holiday)

Last day for settlement of

tuition for first semester
Mid-term reports due

Thanksgiving recess

Classes resumed

Christmas recess

Classes resumed
Tuesday classes will meet
Reading Day
Examinations begin
Examinations ends

Spring Term 1962

January
January

29
30

Monday
Tuesday

8:00/
4:30*

Registration

January

Wednesday

8:00

Classes begin

Feb.

Thursday

Founders' Day

Feb.

March

Wednesday

Thursday

Monday

4:30
4:30

Last day for dropping a class

without penalty
Last day for settlement of

tuition for second semester
Mid-term reports due

April
April

19
25

Thursday i
Wednesday '

Spring recess

April

Thursday

8:00

Classes resumed

May

Tuesday

Reading Day

May

Wednesday

9:00

Examinations begin

May

Thursday

5:00

Examinations end

June

Sunday

Baccalaureate Sermon

June

Monday

Alumni Day and Graduation

CONTENTS

Page

Introductory 7

Administration and Instruction 9

The College and Its Equipment 44

General Information 59

College Charges and Financial Arrangements .... 75

Scholarships, Concessions and Loan Funds 90

Activities 100

Requirements for Degrees 112

Courses in Liberal Arts 129

School of Business Administration 217

Division of Graduate Studies 234

School of Law 235

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 243

Evening Classes 248

Summer Session 249

Degrees Conferred 251

Summaries 262

Index 266

INTRODUCING THE COLLEGE

Location
Wake Forest College is located at Winston-Salem,
North Carolina, on the western outskirts of the city.
The College consists of the following divisions: the Col-
lege of Liberal Arts, the School of Law, the School of
Business Administration, and the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine.

Recognition

Wake Forest College is a member of the Southern
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and the
Association of American Colleges. The College has
chapters of the principal national social fraternities,
professional fraternities and honor societies, including
Phi Beta Kappa.

The School of Law is a member of the Association of
American Law Schools, and is on the approved list
of the Council on Legal Education of the American
Bar Association.

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year
medical college, is a member of the Association of Ameri-
can Medical Colleges, and is on the approved list of the
Council on Medical Education of the American Medical
Association.

The School of Business Administration is a Member
of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of
Business.

Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for
men for more than 100 years, women have been regu-
larly admitted to all classes and to the professional
schools since 1942.

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Terms Expire December SI, 1961

'William L. Bingham, Lexington Herbert Jenkins, Aulander

James C. Cammack, Jr., Fayetteville Charles H. Larkins, Kinston

Gilmer H. Cross, Goldsboro 0. M. Mull, Shelby

Mrs. Earl C. James, Elkin James S. Potter, Charlotte

Charles B. Summet, Shelby

Terms Expire December SI, 196S

Glenn R. Clark, Reidsville Hubert F. Ledford, Raleigh

Walter E. Crissman, High Point Lex Marsh, Charlotte

C. 0. Greene, Lawndale George Pennell, Asheville

Paul W. Johnson, Winston-Salem Leon L. Rice, Jr., Winston-Salem

j Lowell F. Sodeman, Rocky Mount

Terms Expire December SI, 196S

L. Y. Ballentine, Raleigh Marion J. Davis, Winston-Salem

Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh Johnson J. Hates, Wilkesboro

3 J. E. Broyhill, Lenoir G. Maurice Hill, Drexel

William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem Sam Holbrook, Statesville

4 0. Jack Murpht, Hickory

Terms Expire December SI, 1984

V. Ward Barr, Gastonia C. Rush Hamrick, Shelby

Botce Brooks, Boone Carl McCraw, Charlotte

Mrs. Rot B. Culler, Sr., High Point James W. Mason, Laurinburg
Wendell G. Davis, Charlotte Robert H. Owen, Canton

H. Clotd Philpott, Lexington

Officers

For One-Year Term Beginning January i, ig6i
William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem, President
Lex Marsh, Charlotte, Vice-President

Talgott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus
Worth H. Copeland, Box 7201, Winston-Salem, Secretary and

Treasurer
J. W. Bunn, Box 527, Raleigh, General Counsel

1 To fill unexpired term of D. Swan Haworth, resigned June 6, 1960

2 To fill unexpired term of Fritz D. Hemphill, resigned June 6, 1960

3 To fill unexpired term of Woodrow W. Hill, resigned June 15, 1960.

4 To fill unexpired term of O. V. Hamrick, died October 25, 1960.

ADMINISTRATION

Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., Ph.D., D.D.,
LL.D.

President

B.A., University of Richmond, 1919; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Semi-
nary, 1922; Th.D., ibid., 1925; M.A., University of Louisville, 1927; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Edinburgh, 1937; D.D., Stetson University, 1930; LL.D., Union
University, 1939, Wake Forest College, 1948, University of Richmond, 1949, Duke
University, 1952, University of North Carolina, 1952; Assistant Professor of The-
ology, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1925-28; Professor of Theology,
ibid., 1929-47; President, Andover Newton Theological School, 1947-50; President,
Wake Forest College, since 1950.

Edwin Graves Wilson, A.M., Ph.D.

Dean of the College

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1943; A.M., Harvard University, 1948; Ph.D., ibid.,
1952; Instructor in English, Wake Forest College, 1946-47, 1951-52; Assistant Pro-
fessor of English, 1952-57; Associate Professor of English, ibid., 1957-59; Professor
of English, ibid., since 1959; Assistant Dean of the College, ibid., 1957-58; Acting
Dean of the College, ibid., 1958-60; Dean of the College, ibid., since 1960.

Robert Allen Dyer, Th.M., Th.D.

Assistant Dean of the College

B.A., Louisiana State University, 1935; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Semi-
nary, 1939; Th.D., ibid., 1946; Professor of Bible and Psychology, Gardner-Webb
Junior College, 1946-1956; Graduate Student Columbia University, Summers
1949, 1950; Instructor in Religion, Wake Forest College, 1956-57 ; Assistant Professor
of Religion, ibid., 1957-60; Associate Professor of Religion, ibid., since 1960; As-
sistant Dean of the College, ibid., since 1959.

Mark H. Reece, B.S.

Director of Student Affairs
B.S., Wake Forest College, 1949; Associate Director of Alumni Activities, ibid.,
1956-58; Director of Student Affairs, ibid., since 1958.

Gaines M. Rogers, M.A., Ph.D.

Dean of the School of Business Administration

B.S., Clemson College, 1942; M.A., University of Virginia, 1945; Ph.D., ibid., 1946;
Assistant Professor of Economics, Baylor University, 1946; Associate Professor
and Chairman of Economics, ibid., 1947; Professor of Business Administration,
Wake Forest College, since 1948; Dean of the School of Business Administration,
ibid., since 1949.

Carroll W. Weathers, B.A., LL.B.
Dean of the School of Law

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1922; LL.B., ibid,. 1923; General Practice, 1923-1950;
Visiting Professor of Law, University of North Carolina, Summer 1954; Chair-
man, Commission on Legislative Representation of the State of North Carolina,
1955-1957; Dean of the School of Law and Professor of Law, Wake Forest College,
since 1950.

Administration

Coy C. Carpenter, M.D.

Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine

B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest College, 1922; M.D., Syracuse University School of
Medicine, 1924; Instructor in Pathology and Assistant Attending Pathologist to
the University Hospital, Syracuse University, 1924-25; Resident Physician and
Instructor in Clinical Medicine, Syracuse University Hospital, 1925-26; Pathol-
ogist, various hospitals throughout North Carolina, since 1926; Fulbright Lec-
turer in Pathology, Fouad University Faculty of Medicine and Ibrahim Uni-
versity Faculty of Medicine, Cairo, Egypt, 1953-54; Professor of Pathology, Wake
Forest College, since 1926; Assistant Dean of the School of Medicine, 1935-36;
Dean of the School of Medicine, since 1936.

Manson Meads, M.D., D.Sc.

Executive Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine

B.A., University of California, 1939; M.D., Temple University Medical School,
1943; D.Sc, Temple University, 1956; Research Fellow and Assistant in Medicine,
Harvard Medical School, 1944-46; Ernst Fellow and Assistant in Bacteriology,
ibid., 1946-47; Instructor in Medicine, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 1947-50;
Markle Scholar in Medical Sciences, ibid., 1948-52; Assistant Professor of Medicine,
ibid., 1951-57; Associate Professor and Director of the Department of Preventive
Medicine, ibid., 1951-55; Professor of Preventive Medicine, ibid., 1955-57; Associate
Dean, ibid., 1955-58; Professor of Medicine, ibid., since 1957; Academic Dean,
ibid., 1958-59; Executive Dean, ibid., since 1959.

Donald Michael Hayes, B.S., M.D.

Assistant Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1951; M.D., Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake
Forest College, 1954; Medical Intern, Salt Lake County General Hospital 1954-55;
Fellow in Psychiatry, Louisville General Hospital, 1955-56; Assistant Resident
in Medicine, North Carolina Baptist Hospital, 1956-57; Resident in Medicine,
ibid., 1957-58; Fellow in Medicine (Hematology), ibid., 1958-1960; Instructor in
Medicine, Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest College since 1959;
Assistant Dean, ibid., since 1960.

Lois Johnson, M.A.

Dean of Women

B.A., Meredith College, 1915; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1933; Graduate
Student, Columbia University, 1916; Summer Study in France, 1923; Instructor
in English, Meredith College, 1917-1919; Instructor in French, ibid., 1923-1924;
Principal, Thomasville High School, 1934-1942; Associate Professor of French,
Wake Forest College, 1942-56; Dean of Women, ibid., since 1942.

Percival Perry, M.A., Ph.D.

Dean of the Summer Session

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1937; M.A., Rutgers University, 1940; Ph.D., Duke Uni-
versity, 1947; Graduate Assistant in History, Rutgers University, 1937-39; Grad-
uate Student, Duke University, 1939-42, 1946-47; University Fellow, ibid., 1941-
42, 1946; Fellow in Economics, Case Institute of Technology, Summer 1952; Fellow
in History, Duke University, Summer 1954; Instructor in Social Sciences, Wake
Forest College, 1939-40; Assistant Professor of Social Sciences, ibid., 1947-52; As-
sociate Professor of Social Sciences, ibid., 1952-57; Professor of History, ibid., since
1957; Dean of the Summer Session, ibid., since 1960.

Henry Smith Stroupe, M.A., Ph.D.

Director of Graduate Studies

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1935; M.A., ibid., 1937; Ph.D., Duke University, 1942;
Teaching Fellow in Social Sciences, Wake Forest College, 1935-37; Graduate Stu-
dent, Duke University, 1937-39; University Fellow, ibid., 1939-40; Visiting Pro-
fessor of History, ibid., Summer Session, 1960; Instructor in Social Sciences, Wake
Forest College, 1937-42; Assistant Professor of Social Sciences, ibid., 1942-49; As-
sociate Professor of Social Sciences, ibid., 1949-54; Professor of Social Sciences,
ibid., 1954-57; Professor of History, ibid., since 1957; Director of Evening Classes,
ibid., 1957-61; Director of the Division of Graduate Studies, ibid, since 1961.

Administration

Worth H. Copeland, M.A.

Secretary of The Trustees of Wake Forest College, Treasurer of The

Trustees of Wake Forest College, Secretary of the Faculty,

Superintendent of the College Hospital

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1939; M.A., ibid., 1941 ; Teaching Fellow in Mathematics,
ibid., 1939-41; Instructor in Mathematics, ibid., 1941-47; Assistant Secretary and
Assistant Bursar, ibid., 1946-52; Acting Bursar, ibid., 1952; Secretary and Bursar,
ibid., 1952-58; Treasurer, ibid., since 1958; Secretary of the Faculty, ibid., since
1952; Superintendent of the College Hospital, ibid., since 1954.

James B. Cook, Jr., M.A., M.B.A.
Assistant Treasurer

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1944; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1948; M.B.A.,
Harvard University, 1960; Instructor in Chemistry, Wake Forest College, 1944-46;
Assistant to the Bursar, ibid., 1947-53; Assistant Bursar, ibid., 1953-58; Executive
Assistant to the Treasurer, ibid., 1958-60; Assistant Treasurer, ibid., since 1960.

John G. Williard, B.S., C.P.A.

Assistant Treasurer

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1953; Certified Public Accountant, North Caro-
lina, 1959; General Practice of Accounting, 1955-58; Assistant Treasurer, Wake
Forest College, since 1958.

Harry O. Parker, B.S., C.P.A.

Controller of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1930; C.P.A., North Carolina, 1933; Laboratory
Instructor in Accounting, University of North Carolina, 1929-1930; General Prac-
tice of Accounting, 1930-1947; Controller of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine
of Wake Forest College, since 1947.

Grady S. Patterson, B.A.
Registrar
B.A., Wake Forest College, 1924; Registrar, ibid., since 1926.

Mrs. Margaret R. Perry, B.S.

Assistant Registrar

B.S., University of South Carolina, 1945; Instructor in Business Administration,
ibid., 1944-45; Assistant to the Registrar, Wake Forest College, 1947-49; Assistant
Registrar, ibid., since 1949.

William G. Starling, B.B.A.

Acting Director of Admissions

B.B.A., Wake Forest College, 1957; Assistant Director of Admissions, ibid., 1958-60;
Acting Director of Admissions, ibid., since 1960.

Mrs. Shirley Philbeck Hamrick, B.A.

Associate Director of Admissions

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1948; Assistant to the Director of Admissions,
Wake Forest College, 1957-60; Associate Director of Admissions, ibid., since 1960.

Administration

Charles S. Rooks, B.A.

Assistant Director of Admissions

B.A.,ijWake Forest College, 1959; Rockefeller Brothers Theological Fellow, Harvard
University, 1959-1960; Assistant Director of Admissions, Wake Forest College,
since 1960.

Eugene I. Olive, B.A., Th.M.

Director of Alumni Activities

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1910; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary,
1918; Pastor First Baptist Church, Dunn, N. C, 1918-1921; First Baptist Church,
Mount Airy, N. C, 1921-1924; Chapel Hill Baptist Church, Chapel Hill, N. C,
1924-1933; First Baptist Church, North Wilkesboro, N. C, 1933-1940; Wake Forest
Baptist Church, Wake Forest, N. C, 1940-1947; Chaplain, Wake Forest College,
1940-1947; Director of Public Relations and Alumni Activities, ibid., 1947-1952;
Director of Alumni Activities and Associate Director of Public Relations, ibid.,
1952-55; Director of Alumni Activities, ibid., since 1955.

Russell H. Brantley, Jr., B.A.

Director of Communications

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1945; City Editor, Concord Tribune, 1945; Telegraph
Editor, The Durham Sun, 1945-46; City Editor, Durham Morning Herald, 1946-49;
Associated Press, Charlotte, 1949; Managing Editor, Durham Morning Herald,
1950-53; Director of News Bureau, Wake Forest College, 1953-58; Director of Com-
munications, ibid., since 1958.

Marvin A. Francis

Director of Sports Publicity

Wake Forest College, 1942; Member Durham Morning Herald Sports Staff, 1938-
1942; Assistant Sports Editor, Durham Morning Herald, 1942-1955; Director of
Sports Publicity, Wake Forest College, since 1955.

Leon H. Hollingsworth, B.A., D.D.

Chaplain of the College

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1943; D.D., ibid., 1959; New Orleans Baptist Theological
Seminary, 1937-39; Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1951-52; Union
Theological Seminary, Summer 1956; Chaplain, U.S.A., 1943-46; Pastor of First
Baptist Church, Mebane, N. C, 1946-52; Pastor of First Baptist Church, Boone,
N. C, 1952-59; Chaplain, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

*VVilliam Demauth Blanton, B.A., B.D.

Secretary, Baptist Student Union

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1953; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary,
1957; Chaplain Intern, State Hosptial, Raleigh, 1956-57; Associate Pastor, Uni-
versity Baptist Church, Baltimore, Md., 1957-59; Secretary, Baptist Student
Union, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

**William W. Shelton, Jr., M.D.

Director of the Student Health Service

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1951; M.D., Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake
Forest College, 1955; Intern, North Carolina Baptist Hospital, 1955-56; Resident
ibid., 1956-59; Private Practice of Medicine, 1959-60; Director of the Student Health
Service, Wake Forest College, since 1960.

• Resigned, December 31, 1960.
*• Died, October 21, 1960.

Administration

Carlton P. West, M.A., B.S. in L.S.

Librarian

B.A., Boston University, 1926; Jacob Sleeper Fellow, Yale University, 1926-1927;
Currier Fellow, ibid., 1927-1928; Student, Harvard University, Summer 1937; M.A.,
Yale University, 1942; B.S. in L.S., University of North Carolina, 1946; Instructor
in Social Sciences, Wake Forest College, 1928-1933; Assistant Professor of Social
Sciences, ibid., 1933-1945; Librarian, ibid., since 1946.

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S.

Law Librarian

A.B., Coker College, 1942; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody College, 1943; Assistant
Librarian, Mars Hill College, 1942-48; Cataloger, Wake Forest College Library,
1948-52; Librarian, Roanoke Rapids High School, 1958-60; Law Librarian, Wake
Forest College, since 1960.

Jasper L. Memory, Jr., M.A.

Director of the Placement Bureau

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1921; M.A., Columbia University, 1925; General Educa-
tion Board Fellow and Graduate Student, Columbia University, 1927-28; State
Inspector of High Schools, 1925-29; Lecturer in Medical Statistics, Bowman Gray
School of Medicine, 1950; Professor of Education and Director of the Placement
Bureau, Wake Forest College, since 1929; Alternate Director of Summer Session,
ibid., 1949-55; Director of Summer Session, ibid., 1956-60.

William H. Gibson, M.A.

Director of Athletics

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1929; M.A., ibid., 1942; Coach, Apex High School, 1929-35;
Principal, Apex High School, 1935-38; Dean of Boys, Hugh Morson High School,
Raleigh, 1938-39; Coach, Thomas ville High School, 1939-42; Agent, Federal Bu-
reau of Investigation, 1942-56; Director of Athletics, Wake Forest College, since
1956.

[esse I. Haddock, B.S.

Assistant Director of Athletics

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1952; Athletic Equipment Manager, ibid., 1952; Inspector,
North Carolina Division of Purchase and Contract, 1954; Assistant to the Director
of Athletics, Wake Forest College, 1954-56; Assistant Director of Athletics, ibid.,
since 1956.

Richard T. Clay, B.B.A.

Manager of the College Book Store

B.B.A., Wake Forest College, 1956; Assistant Manager of the College Book Store ;
ibid., 1956-60; Manager of the College Book Store, ibid., since 1960.

Harold S. Moore, B.M.E.

Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds

B.M.E., University of Virginia, 1949; Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and
Grounds, ibid., 1949-1953; Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, Wake Forest
College, since 1956.

Administration

Royce R. Weatherly

Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds

Licensed Marine Engineer, United States Maritime Commission School, 1942; Coyne
Electrical School, Chicago, 1945; Assistant to Superintendent of Power Plant,
North Carolina State College, 1946-47; Assistant Superintendent of Buildings
and Grounds, Wake Forest College, 1947-53; Acting Superintendent, ibid., 1953-
1956; Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, ibid., since 1956.

Melvin Q. Layton, B.S.

Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1947; Coach, E. M. Holt High School, Alamance County,
North Carolina, 1948-1949; Coach, Chowan College, 1950-1951; Assistant to Di-
rector of Athletics, Wake Forest College, 1951-1956; Assistant Superintendent of
Buildings and Grounds, ibid., since 1956.

Thomas P. Griffin

Director of Residences
Director of Residences, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

Harry F. Smith

Military Property Custodian

United States Army, 1920-1954; Chief Warrant Officer, U. S. Army, Retired; Military
Property Custodian, Wake Forest College, since 1954.

*Mrs. Ruby M. Sheridan, B.S.H.E.

Director of Food Services

B.8.H.E., Woman's College, University of North Carolina, 1940; Tea Room Man-
ager, Lynchburg, Va., 1940-1942; Food and Recreation Director U. S. Army Special
Services Division, 1942-1947; Assistant Manager, Charlotte Country Club, 1948;
Sales and Service Supervisor Men's Dining Halls, Duke University, 1948-1956;
Director of Food Services at Wake Forest College, since 1956.

! Resigned, February 1, 1961.

Emeriti

Professors Emeriti

Daniel Bunyan Bryan, M.A., Pd.D.

Professor Emeritus of Education

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1911; M.A., Columbia University, 1914; Helen
Gould Fellow in Education, New York University, 1914-15; Pd.D., ibid., 1916;
Associate Professor of Education and Sociology, Richmond College, 1915-17; Pro-
fessor of Education and Psychology, ibid., 1917-19; Professor of Education, Wake
Forest College, 1921-1957; Dean of the College, ibid., 1923-1957; Professor Emeritus
of Education, ibid., since 1957.

Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden

Librarian Emerita

Librarian, Wake Forest College, 1915-1946; Librarian Emerita, ibid., since 1946;
Director of the Baptist Collections, 1946-1952.

Willis R. Cullom, M.A., Th.D., D.D.

Professor Emeritus of the Bible

M.A., Wake Forest College, 1892; Assistant Professor, Southern Baptist Theologica
Seminary, 1893-96; Th.D., ibid., 1903; D.D., Richmond College, 1915; Professor
of the Bible, Wake Forest College, 1896-1938; Acting Dean, ibid., 1922-23; Professor
Emeritus, ibid., since 1938.

Hubert A. Jones, M.A., LL.B.

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1908; M.A., LL.B., ibid., 1909; Graduate Student,[_Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1910-11; Graduate Student, Columbia University, Summers
1913, 1916, 1921, 1922, 1923, 1924; Instructor in Mathematics, Wake Forest College,
1908-11; Associate Professor of Mathematics, ibid., 1911-15; Professor of Mathe-
matics, ibid., 1915-59; Professor Emeritus, ibid,, since 1959.

Henry Broadus Jones, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor Emeritus of English

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1910; M.A., University of Chicago, 1920; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1924; Instructor in Latin, Cullowhee Normal School, 1912-17;
Head of Department of English, ibid., 1917-20; Professor of English and Head of
the Department, Simpson College, 1921-24; Professor of English, Wake Forest
College, 1924-59; Professor Emeritus, ibid., since 1959.

*William E. Speas, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor Emeritus of Physics

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1907; Graduate Student, Johns Hopkins University,
1910-13; Assistant in Physics, ibid., 1911-13; M.A., ibid., 1913; Graduate Student,
University of Chicago, 1919; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1927; Instructor in Phys-
ics, Clemson College, 1913-16; Assistant Professor of Physics, ibid., 1916-19; As-
sociate Professor of Physics, ibid., 1919-20; Associate Professor of Physics, Wake
Forest College, 1920-29; Professor of Physics, ibid., 1929-59; Professor Emeritus,
ibid., since 1959.

* Died, January 24, 1961.

Faculty

♦Instruction

Charles M. Allen, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1939; M.A., ibid., 1941; Ph.D., Duke University, 1955;
Teaching Fellow in Biology, ibid., 1939-41; Instructor in Biology, Wake Forest
College, 1941-46; Assistant Professor of Biology, ibid., 1946-56; Associate Professor
of Biology, ibid., since 1956.

William D. Amis, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Sociology

A.B., Swarthmore College. 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1959; Field
Researcher, Hospital Research Project, Institute for Research in Social Science,
University of North Carolina, 1951-52; Sociology Representative, Interdiscipli-
nary Research Seminar, University of North Carolina School of Medicine. 1953-54;
Instructor in Social Science, University of North Carolina, 1950-51; Assistant
Professor of Sociology, Georgia State College, 1955-58; Instructor in Sociology,
Emory University, 1958-59; Visiting Lecturer in Sociology, University of Georgia,
Summer 1959; Assistant Professor of Sociology, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

James E. Anderson, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Political Science

B.S., Southwest Texas State Teachers College, 1955; Ph.D., University of Texas,
1960; Instructor in Government, Southwest Texas State Teachers College, 1957,
Teaching Assistant in Government, University of Texas, 1956-57, 1958-59; Uni-
versity Fellow, ibid.. 1957-58; Instructor in Political Science, Wake Forest College,
1959-60; Assistant Professor of Political Science, ibid., since 1960.

Jerold G. Anderson, M.A.

Instructor in Spanish and German

A.B., Florida State University, 1951; M.A., ibid., 1952; Student, Universidad
Nacional de Mexico, Summer 1956; Instructor in Spanish and German, Wake
Forest College, since 1958.

John William Angell, Th.M., S.T.M., Th.D.

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1941; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary,
1945; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological School, 1948; Th.D., Southern Baptist
Theological Seminary, 1949; Fellow in Theology, Southern Baptist Theological
Seminary, 1946-47; Pastor of Buie's Creek Baptist Church and Chaplain of Camp-
bell College, 1949-52; Assistant Professor of Religion, Stetson University, 1952-54;
Associate Professor of Religion, ibid., 1954-55; Associate Professor of Religion,
Wake Forest College, since 1955.

Andrew Lewis Aycock, M.A.

Associate Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1926; M.A., Tulane University, 1928; Robert Sharpe
Teaching Fellow, ibid., 1927-28; Graduate Student, Harvard University, Summers
1929, 1930, 1951; Graduate Student, Johns Hopkins University, 1932-33; Instructor
in English, Wake Forest College, 1928-31; Assistant Professor of English, ibid.,
1931-1951; Director of Admissions, ibid., 1957-59; Associate Professor of English,
ibid., since 1951.

Names are arranged alphabetically.

Faculty

*Eugene Pendleton Banks, M.A., Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Sociology

B.A., Furman University, 1943; M.A., Harvard University, 1950; Ph.D., ibid., 1954;
Graduate Student, University of New Mexico, 1946-48; Graduate Student, Uni-
versity of Michigan, Summer 1949; Research Training Fellow, Social Science
Research Council, 1950-51; County Director, South Carolina Department of
Public Welfare, 1951-52; Field Supervisor, Hospital Research Project, Institute
for Research in Social Science, University of North Carolina, 1952-53; Instructor
in Sociology and Anthropology, Duke University, 1953-54; Assistant Professor
of Sociology, Wake Forest College, 1954-57; Associate Professor of Sociology,
ibid., since 1957.

Harold M. Barrow, M.A., P.E.D.

Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Westminster College, 1936; M.A., University of Missouri, 1942; P.E.D., Uni-
versity of Indiana, 1953; Graduate Student, University of North Carolina, 1948;
Director of Athletics, Physical Education and Head Coach, Eureka College,
1946-48; Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Wake Forest College, 1948-
1953; Associate Professor of Physical Education, ibid., 1953-57; Professor of Physi-
cal Education, ibid., since 1957.

Fleta Joyce Bateman, M.E.

Instructor in Secretarial Studies, School of Business Administration

B.S.S.A., The Woman's College of the University of North Carolina, 1954; M.E.,
University of North Carolina, 1955; Instructor in Secretarial Studies, School of
Business Administration, Wake Forest College, since 1955.

Robert Clarence Beck, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Illinois, 1953; Ph.D., ibid., 1958; U. S. Public Health Service
Postdoctoral Fellow, ibid., 1957-59; Assistant Professor of Psychology, Wake
Forest College, since 1959.

Charles S. Black, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1918; M.A., ibid., 1920; M.A., University of Virginia, 1923;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1928; Instructor in Chemistry, Wake Forest
College, 1919-20; Instructor in Chemistry, University of Virginia, 1920-23; As-
sistant Professor of Chemistry, Mississippi Agricultural and Mechanical College,
1923-25; Research Fellow, University of Wisconsin, 1927-28; Assistant Professor of
Chemistry, Wake Forest College, 1925-28; Associate Professor of Chemistry, ibid.,
1928-29; Professor of Chemistry, ibid., since 1929.

James Carey Blalock, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1934; M.A., ibid., 1937; Ph.D., University of Florida,
1950; Teaching Fellow in Chemistry, Wake Forest College, 1935-37; Instructor
in Chemistry, ibid., 1946-47; Instructor in Chemistry, University of Florida,
1947-50; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Wake Forest College, 1950-57; Associate
Professor of Chemistry, ibid., since 1957.

Lester B. Bonner

Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Instruction in Military

Science and Tactics

Assistant in Instruction in Military Science and Tactics, Wake Forest College
since 1958.

• Absent on leave, 1960-61.

Faculty

Ora C. Bradbury, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Biology

B.S., Ottawa University, 1914; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1915; Ph.D., ibid.,
1919; Assistant Professor of Zoology, Baylor University, 1917-18; Professor of Zo-
ology, ibid., 1918-23; Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Denver, 1923-25;
Professor of Biology, Wake Forest College, since 1925.

Robert W. Brehme, M.S., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Roanoke College, 1951; M.S., University of North Carolina, 1954; Ph.D.,
ibid., 1959; Teaching Fellow, ibid., 1951-53; Graduate Assistant, ibid., 1953-54;
Instructor in Mathematics, University of Maryland, Fall 1956; International
Nickel Fellow, University of North Carolina, 1957-58; Research Assistant, ibid.,
1958-59; Assistant Professor of Physics, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

Ernst Breisacher, Ph.D.

Visiting Professor of German

Graduate, University of Strasbourg, 1915; Ph.D., ibid., 1918; Honorary Research
Fellow, Yale University, 1940-41 ; Instructor in History and Languages, Dun-
barton College, 1941-42; Visiting Professor of Area and Language, Kenyon Col-
lege, 1943-44; Assistant Professor of History and Political Science, Champlain
College, 1946-48; Associate Professor, ibid., 1948-53; Assistant Professor of French
and German, Guilford College, 1953-54; Acting Head and Lecturer in German,
Woman's College, University of North Carolina, 1954-60; Visiting Professor of
German, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

H. Grady Britt, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1936; M.A., ibid., 1938; Ph.D., University of Virginia,
1944; Teaching Fellow in Biology, Wake Forest College, 1936-38; Senior duPont
Fellow in Biology, University of Virginia, 1940; Senior duPont Research Fellow
in Biology, ibid., 1942-44; Instructor in Biology, Wake Forest College, 1938-40:
Assistant Professor of Biology, Mary Washington College of the University of
Virginia, 1944-47; Visiting Professor of Zoology at University of North Carolina,
Summers, 1946-47; Assistant Professor of Biology, Wake Forest College, 1947-62;
Associate Professor of Biology, ibid., since 1952.

John C. Broderick, A.M., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of English

A.B., Southwestern (Memphis), 1948; A.M., University of North Carolina, 1949;
Ph.D., ibid,. 1953; Part-time Instructor of English, ibid., 1949-52; Instructor in
English, University of Texas, 1952-56; Special Instructor in English, ibid., 1956-57;
Visiting Professor of English, University of Virginia, Summer 1959; Assistant
Professor of English, Wake Forest College, 1957-58, Associate Professor of English,
ibid., since 1958.

Dalma Adolph Brown, M.A.

Associate Professor of English

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1924; M.A., ibid., 1932; Teaching Fellow in Eng-
lish, ibid., 1927-28; Graduate Student and Part-time Instructor in English, ibid.,
1931-36, 1938-41 ; Instructor in English, University of Mississippi, 1928-31; Instructor
in English, Tulane University, 1936-37; Assistant Professor of English, The Cita-
del, 1937-38; Instructor in English, Wake Forest College, 1941-45; Assistant Pro-
fessor of English, 1945-1956; Associate Professor of English, ibid., since 1956.

Faculty

George McLeod Bryan, M.A., B.D., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1941; M.A., Wake Forest College, 1944; B.D., Yale Uni-
versity, 1947; Ph.D., Yale University, 1951; Instructor, Mars Hill College, 1943 and
1947; Professor of Philosophy and Christian Ethics, Mercer University, 1949-1956;
Post-graduate Study, Princeton University, Summer of 1952; European Human
Relations Seminar, Summer 1954; Dean of International Relations Seminar,
Davidson College, Summer of 1956; Visiting Professor of Philosophy, Washington
University, spring semester, 1957; Associate Professor of Religion, Wake Forest
College, since 1956.

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Speech

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1951; M.A., University of Michigan, 1955; Ph.D., ibid.,
1960; Teaching Fellow in Speech, ibid., 1955-57; Instructor in Speech, ibid., 1957-58;
Instructor in Speech, Wake Forest College, 1958-60; Assistant Professor of Speech,
ibid., since 1960.

Dorothy Casey, M.A.

Instructor in Physical Education

B.S., Woman's College, University of North Carolina, 1948; M.A., University of
North Carolina, 1951; Graduate Assistant in Physical Education, University of
North Carolina, 1948-49; Graduate Student, University of North Carolina, Sum-
mer, 1950; Instructor in Physical Education, Wake Forest College, since 1949.

Changboh Chee, M.A. Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Chosun Christian University, Seoul, Korea, 1948; B.A., North Central Col-
lege, 1955; M.A., Duke University, 1956; Ph.D., ibid., 1959: Graduate Student and
Assistant, ibid., 1955-58; Instructor in Sociology, Wake Forest College, 1959-60;
Assistant Professor of Sociology, ibid., since 1960.

Forrest W. Clonts, M.A.

Associate Professor of History

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1920; M.A., Ohio State University, 1921; Currier Fellow
in History, Yale University, 1921-22; Instructor in History, Wake Forest College,
1922-24; Fellow in History, Yale University, 1924-25; Assistant Professor of Social
Sciences, Wake Forest College, 1925-45; Associate Professor of Social Sciences,
ibid., 1945-1957; Associate Professor of History, ibid., since 1957.

Elton C. Cocke, M.S., Ph.D.

Professor of Biology

B.S., University of Virginia, 1927; M.S., ibid., 1928; Ph.D., ibid., 1931; Professor of
Botany, State Teachers College, East Radford, Va., 1928-30; Instructor in Biology,
University of Virginia, 1931-38; Assistant Professor of Biology, Wake Forest Col-
lege, 1938-43; Associate Professor of Biology, ibid., 1943-52; Professor of Biology,
ibid., since 1952.

Leon P. Cook, Jr., M.S., C.P.A.

Associate Professor oj Accounting, School of Business Administration

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1949; M.S., The University of Tennessee, 1951 ;
C.P.A. , Arkansas, 1955; Instructor in Accounting, University of Arkansas, 1951-
55; Teaching Fellow in Accounting, University of Alabama, 1955-57; Associate
Professor of Accounting, School of Business Administration, Wake Forest College,
since 1957.

Faculty

Marjorie Crisp, M.A.

Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College, 1934; M.A., George Peabody College,
1944; Graduate Student, University of Southern California, Summer, 1954; Direc-
tor of Physical Education for Women, Gardner- Webb College, 1935-1941; Instruc-
tor* in Physical Education, Western Carolina Teachers College, Summers 1939
and 1940; Director of Physical Education for Women, Louisburg College, 1941-
1947; Instructor in Physical Education, East Carolina Teachers College, Summer,
1947; Instructor in Physical Education, Wake Forest College, 1947-50; Assistant
Director, Physical Education for Women, ibid., 1950-56; Assistant Professor of
Physical Education, ibid., since 1956.

John Frederick Dashiell, M.A., Ph.D., Sc.D.

Visiting Professor of Psychology

B.S., Evansville College, 1908; B.Litt., ibid., 1909; M.A., Columbia University,
1910; Ph.D., ibid., 1913; Sc.D., Evansville College, 1949; Assistant in Philosophy,
Columbia University, 1910-13; Professor of Education and Zoology, Waynesburg
College, 1913-14; Instructor in Philosophy, Princeton University, 1914-15; In-
structor in Psychology, University of Minnesota, 1915-17; Assistant Professor of
Psychology, Oberlin College, 1917-19; Visiting Professor of Psychology, Uni-
versity of California at Los Angeles, 1949-50; Visiting Professor of Psychology,
University of Florida, 1950; Part-Time Professor of Psychology, Duke University,
1956-57; Associate Professor of Psychology, University of North Carolina, 1919-20;
Professor of Psychology, ibid., 1920-35; Kenan Professor of Psychology, ibid.,
1935-58; Kenan Professor Emeritus, ibid., since 1958; Whitney Visiting Professor
of Psychology, Wake Forest College, 1958-59; Visiting Professor of Psychology,
ibid., since 1959.

Billy James Davis, M.A.

Instructor in English

B.A., University of Texas, 1952; M.A., ibid., 1954; Teaching Assistant, ibid., 1952-57;
Special Instructor, ibid., 1957-58; Instructor in English, Wake Forest College,
since 1958.

John Edward Davis, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Biology

B.A., University of Virginia, 1948; M.A., ibid., 1950; Ph.D., ibid., 1955; Instructor
in Biology, Washington and Lee University, 1949-51, 1954-56; Visiting Professor
of Biology, College of William and Mary, Norfolk Division, Summer, 1955; As-
sistant Professor of Biology, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

Marcel E. Delgado, Th.M.

Instructor in Spanish

B.A., Carson-Newman College, 1940; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Semi-
nary, 1943; Student, Institute Santa Clara, Cuba, 1933-35; Graduate Student,
Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 1944-47; Graduate Student, University
of Havana, Summers of 1943, 1946, 1947; Graduate Student, Duke University,
Summer, 1949; Instructor in Spanish, Rugby University School, 1941-44; In-
structor in Spanish, Indiana University (Jeffersonville Branch), 1944-47; Instruc-
tor in Spanish, Wake Forest College, since 1947.

Paul C. Dillon, B.S.

Major, Artillery, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military

Science and Tactics

B.S., Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, 1940; Assistant Professor of
Military Science and Tactics, Wake Forest College, since 1958.

Faculty

Hugh William Divine, M.A., J.D., LL.M., S.J.D.

Professor of Law

B.S., Georgia State College for Men, 1932; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1941 ;
J. D., Emory University, 1950; LL.M., University of Michigan, 1952; S. J. D., ibid.
1959; Assistant Professor, Georgia Institute of Technology, 1946-1951; Research
and Teaching Assistant, College of Law, Ohio State University, 1952-1953; Re-
search Associate, College of Law, University of Notre Dame, 1953-1954; Assistant
Professor of Law, Wake Forest College, 1954-1956; Associate Professor of Law, ibid.,
1956-1959; Professor of Law, ibid., since 1959.

N. Taylor Dodson, M.A., P.E.D.

Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1947; M.A., ibid., 1948; Dir. P. E.Jndiana Uni-
versity, 1950; P.E.D. , ibid., 1955; Graduate Assistant and Assistant Intramural
Director, University of North Carolina, 1947-48; Graduate Assistant, Indiana
University, 1948-50; Adviser in Physical Education, North Carolina State Depart-
ment of Public Instruction, 1950-57; Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Wake Forest College, since 1957.

Clyde H. Dornbusch, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of English

B.A., DePauw University, 1953; M.A., Duke University, 1955; Ph.D., ibid., 1957;
University Fellow in English, ibid., 1953-55; Instructor in English, Wake Forest
College, 1957-58; Assistant Professor of English, ibid., since 1958.

Justus C. Drake, M.A.

Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1936; M.A., ibid., 1942; Teaching Fellow, 1940-42; Gradu-
ate Student, Duke University, 1950-52, 1955-56; Instructor in English, North
Carolina State College, 1942-46; Instructor in English, Wake Forest College,
1946-1956; Assistant Professor of English, ibid., since 1956.

Robert Allen Dyer, Th.M., Th.D.

Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean
(See Administration.)

Cronje B. Earp, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Classical Languages and Literature

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1926; Special University Fellow in Greek and Latin,
Columbia University, 1926-27; M.A., Columbia University, 1927; Ph.D., ibid.,
1939; Instructor in Latin, Long Island University, 1927-28; Instructor in Classics,
Washington Square College, New York University, 1928-29; Instructor in Greek
and Latin, Saint Stephen's College (now Bard College), Columbia University,
1929-31 ; Associate Professor of the Greek Language and Literature, Wake Forest
College, 1940-42; Professor of the Greek Language and Literature, ibid., 1942-
1956; Professor of Classical Languages and Literature, ibid., since 1956.

J. Allen Easley, Th.M., D.D.
Professor of Religion

B.A., Furman University, 1914; Graduate Student, Harvard University, 1914-15;
Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1918; D.D., Furman University,
1934; Graduate Student, Columbia University, Summer 1939; Chaplain, U.S.A.,
1918-19; Pastor of Glasgow Baptist Church, Glasgow, Ky., 1923-28; Pastor of Wake
Forest Baptist Church and Chaplain of Wake Forest College, 1928-38; Acting
Dean of the School of Religion, ibid., 1950-58; Acting Chaplain, ibid., 1958-59;
Professor of Religion, ibid., since 1938.

Faculty

Richard Bozman Eaton, Jr., M.A.

Instructor in English

B.A., University of Richmond, 1953; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1955; In-
structor in English, Winthrop College, 1955-56; Part-time Instructor in English,
University of North Carolina, 1956-60; Instructor in English, Wake Forest Col-
lege, 1960-61.

Leo Ellison, Jr., M.S.

Instructor in Physical Education; Swimming Coach

B.S., Northwestern State College, 1956; M.S., ibid., 1957; Graduate Assistant in
Physical Education, ibid., 1956-57; Instructor in Physical Education and Swim-
ming Coach, Wake Forest College, since 1957.

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., B.S., LL.B., LL.M.

Associate Professor of Law

B.S., Washington and Lee University, 1949; LL.B., ibid., 1951; LL.M., Duke Uni-
versity, 1954; Law Librarian, Washington and Lee University, 1951-52; Assistant
Professor of Law and Law Librarian, ibid., 1952-57; Visiting Professor of Law,
ibid., Summer Session 1959; Associate Professor of Law, Wake Forest College,
since 1957.

Edgar Estes Folk, M.S., Ph.D.

Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1921; M.S., Columbia University, 1931; Ph.D., George
Peabody College, 1934; Sometime member of Editorial Staffs of Nashville Tennes-
sean, Mobile Register, Norfolk Virginian-Pilot, Newark Ledger, The New York
Herald; Professor of Journalism, Mercer University, 1924-28; Professor of English,
Oklahoma Baptist University, 1930-36; Assistant Professor of English, Wake
Forest College, 1936-37; Associate Professor of English, ibid., 1937-52; Professor
of English, ibid., since 1952.

Roland L. Gay, M.S.

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1928; M.S., North Carolina State College, 1931; Graduate
Student, Duke University Summer Session, 1937; Instructor in Mathematics,
Wake Forest College, 1933-45; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, ibid., 1945-
1956; Associate Professor of Mathematics, ibid., since 1956.

Ivey C. Gentry, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1940; B.S., in Meteorology, New York University, 1943;
M.A., Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., ibid., 1949; Graduate Assistant in Mathe-
matics, ibid., 1946-47; University Fellow in Mathematics, ibid., 1947-49; Assistant
Professor of Mathematics, Wake Forest College, 1949-52; Associate Professor of
Mathematics, ibid., 1952-57; Professor of Mathematics, ibid., since 1957.

C. N. Giles, Jr., M.A.

Assistant Professor of Music

B.S., Florida Southern College, 1948; M.A., George Peabody College, 1952; Theory
study with Alice Hunt Sokoloff, Piano study with Robert Carter, Johanna Harris;
Piano study with Ernesto Berumen, New York City, 1957-58; Instructor in Piano
and Theory, Bethel College, 1948-51 ; Instructor in Music, Wake Forest College,
1951-59; Assistant Professor of Music, ibid., since 1959.

Clifford E. Girndt

Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science and Tactics

Carthage College, 1939-40; Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, Wake Forest
College, since 1956.

Faculty

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale, M.A., Ph.D.

Visiting Professor of History and Asian Studies

B.A., University of Bombay, India, 1939; M.A., ibid., 1941; Ph.D., ibid., 1946; Lec-
turer and Assistant Professor of Pali and History, St. Xavier's College, Bombay,
1942-54; Visiting Lecturer in Indian History and Civilization, Bowdoin College,
1954-55; Visiting Associate Professor of Indian and Southeast Asian History and
Civilization, Oberlin College, 1955-56; Professor and Head of the Department of
History and Indian Civilization, Siddharth College, Bombay, 1956-59; Visiting
Lecturer in Indian History and Civilization, University of Washington, 1959-60;
Visiting Professor of History and Director of Asian Studies, Wake Forest College,
1960-61.

Robert W. Gregg, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Political Science

B.A., Colgate University, 1951; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1956; Graduate Instruc-
tor, ibid., 1952-56; Assistant Professor of Political Science, Wake Forest College,
since 1959.

Robert G. Gregory, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, 1948; M.A., ibid., 1950; Ph.D., ibid'.
1957; Graduate Student, University of London, 1953-54; Fellow of the Ford Foun-
dation, Europe and East Africa, 1955-56; Assistant Professor of History, Wake
Forest College, since 1957.

George J. Griffin, Th.B., B.D., Ph.D.

Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1935; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary,
1937; B.D., Yale University, 1938; Ph.D., Edinburgh University, 1948; Pastor,
Zebulon Baptist Church, 1938-46; Graduate Student, Columbia University, Sum-
mer 1940; Graduate Student, Oxford University, 1947; Associate Professor of Re-
ligion, Wake Forest College, 1948-56; Professor of Religion, ibid., since 1956.

Paul M. Gross, Jr., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Duke University, 1941; Ph.D., Brown University, 1948; Graduate Student,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1941-42; Special Research Assistant,
Department of Physical Chemistry, Harvard Medical School, 1942-46; Instructor
in Chemistry, University of Virginia, 1948-51; Assistant Professor of Chemistry,
ibid., 1951-59; Research Participant, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Summer
1949; National Science Foundation Science Faculty Fellow, Cambridge Uni-
versity, 1957-58; Associate Professor of Chemistry, Wake Forest College, since
1959.

Emmett Willard Hamrick, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Religion

A.B., University of North Carolina, 1946; Ph.D., Duke University, 1951; Gurney
Harriss Kearns Fellow in Religion, ibid., 1949-51; Fellow of the American Schools
of Oriental Research, Jerusalem, 1951-52; Instructor in Religion, Wake Forest Col-
lege, 1952-53; Assistant Professor of Religion, ibid., 1953-54; Associate Professor of
Religion, ibid., since 1954.

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Morris Harvey College, 1952; Ph.D., Duke University, 1956; Teaching Assist-
ant in Chemistry, ibid., 1952-54; Carbide and Carbon Chemicals Company Fellow
in Chemistry, ibid., 1954-56; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Wake Forest Col-
lege, since 1956.

Faculty

Carl V. Harris, S.T.M., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literature

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1944; B.D., Yale University, 1946; S.T.M., ibid., 1947;
Ph.D., Duke University, 1952; Instructor in Religion and Greek, Mars Hill Col-
lege, 1947-50; Assistant Professor of Religion and Director of Religious Activities,
East Carolina College, 1953-54; Associate Professor of Religion and Greek, Uni-
versity of Dubuque, 1954-56; Assistant Professor of Classical Languages and
Literature, Wake Forest College, 1956-59; Associate Professor of Classical Lan-
guages and Literature, ibid., since 1959.

William Oliver Harris, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1950; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1952; Ph.D.,
ibid., 1957; Graduate Instructor in English, ibid., 1955; Instructor in English,
University of Maryland, 1955-57; Instructor in English, Wake Forest College,
1957-58; Assistant Professor of English, ibid., since 1958.

Emerson W. Head, B.M.

Instructor in Music

B.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Associate Instructor in Brass Instruments
Jacksonville University, 1957-59; Conductor of Youth Symphony, 1st Trumpet
and Assistant Conductor, Jacksonville Symphony, Jacksonville, Florida, 1958-59;
Instructor in Trumpet and Staff Conductor, Brevard Music Center, 1956-57;
Instructor in Music, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

Ralph Cyrus Heath, M.B.A., D.B.A.

Professor of Marketing, School of Business Administration

A.B., Princeton University, 1931; M.B.A., Indiana University, 1948; D.B.A. , Indiana
University, 1954; Assistant Professor of Marketing, Miami University, 1948-1951;
Assistant Professor of Transportation, University of Washington, 1953-1954;
Associate Professor of Marketing, School of Business Administration, Wake
Forest College, 1954-59; Professor of Marketing, ibid., since 1959.

Robert Meredith Helm, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1939; M.A., Duke University, 1940; Fellow, Duke Uni-
versity, 1947; Ph.D., ibid., 1950; Graduate, Personnel Consultants' Course, The
Adjutant General's School, 1942; Instructor in Philosophy, Wake Forest College,
1940-41; Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Psychology, ibid., 1947-55; As-
sociate Professor of Philosophy and Psychology, ibid., 1955-58; Associate Professor
of Philosophy, ibid., since 1958.

Owen F. Herring, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., D.D.

Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1913; M.A., ibid., 1914; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theo-
logical Seminary. 1922; Th.D., ibid., 1924; D.D., Georgetown College, Ky., 1949;
Pastor, First Baptist Church, Maysville, Ky., 1924-27; Pastor, First Baptist
Church, Winchester, Ky., 1928-39; Pastor, Watts Street Baptist Church, Durham,
1939-46; Student, Duke University Divinity School, Summer 1946; Student,
Union Theological Seminary, Summer 1949; Professor of Religion, Wake Forest
College, since 1946.

David Allen Hills, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Psychology and Assistant Director of the

Center for Psychological Services

A.B., University of Kansas, 1953; MA., State University of Iowa, 1959; Ph.D.,
ibid., 1960; Director of the Center for Psychological Services and Assistant Pro-
fessor of Psychology, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Faculty

*Keith A. Hitchins, A.M.

Instructor in History

A.B., Union College, 1952; A.M., Harvard University, 1953; Graduate Student,
Harvard University, 1953-55, 1956-57; Ford Foundation Fellow in France and
Austria, 1955-56, Fulbright Scholar, University of Paris, 1957-58; Instructor in
History, Wake Forest College, since 1958.

G. E. Hooks, M.Ed., Ed.D.

Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1950; M.Ed., University of North Carolina, 1952; Ed.D.,
George Peabody College, 1957; Graduate Assistant in Physical Education, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, 1951-52; Graduate Assistant in Physical Education,
George Peabody College, 1955-56; Instructor in Physical Education, North Caro-
lina State College, 1952-53; Instructor in Physical Education and Baseball Coach,
Wake Forest College, 1956-57; Baseball Coach, ibid., 1957-59; Assistant Professor
of Physical Education, ibid., since 1957.

*Robert R. Howren, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1950; M.A., University of Connecticut, 1952; Ph.D..
Indiana University, 1958; Part-time Instructor, University of Connecticut, 1950-
52; Teaching Associate, Indiana University, 1955-56; University Fellow, ibid.,
1955-56; Instructor in English, Wake Forest College, 1956-58; Assistant Professor
of English, ibid., since 1958.

Delmer P. Hylton, M.B.A., C.P.A.

Professor of Accounting, School of Business Administration

B.S., Indiana University, 1942; M.B.A., ibid., 1949; C.P.A. , Indiana, 1949; Gradu-
ate Instructor in Accounting, Indiana University, 1946-47; Special Agent, Treas-
ury Department, 1948-49; C.P.A., North Carolina, 1950; Assistant Professor of
Business Administration, Wake Forest College, 1949-51; Associate Professor of
Business Administration, ibid., 1951-53; Associate Professor of Accounting, ibid.,
1953-54; Professor of Accounting, School of Business Administration, ibid., since
1954.

Robert Nevill Isbell, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.A., William Jewell College, 1923; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1931; Graduate
Assistant, Yale University, 1924-26; Instructor in Chemistry, Connecticut College
of Pharmacy, 1925-26; Instructor in Chemistry, Wake Forest College, 1926-28;
Assistant Professor of Chemistry, ibid., 1928-31; Honorary Fellow, University of
Wisconsin, 1930-31; Associate Professor of Chemistry, Wake Forest College, 1931-
41; USAF Chemical and Atomic Program, 1941-56; Lecturer in Chemistry, Wake
Forest College, 1957-58; Associate Professor of Chemistry, ibid., since 1958.

J. Robert Johnson, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1954; M.A., Duke University, 1956; Ph.D., ibid., 1957;
Graduate Assistant in Mathematics, ibid., 1954-57; Assistant Professor of Mathe-
matics, Wake Forest College, since 1957.

David W. Johnston, M.S., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., University of Georgia, 1949; M.S., ibid., 1950; Ph.D., University of California
at Berkeley, 1954; Fellow in Zoology, University of Georgia, 1949-50; Museum
Technician, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California at Berkeley,
1953-1954; Southern Fellowships Fund Research Recipient, Summer, 1956;
National Science Foundation Research Recipient, 1957-1959; Associate Professor
of Biology, Mercer University, 1954-1958; Professor of Biology, ibid., 1958-1959;
Assistant Professor of Biology, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

* Absent on leave, 1960-61.

Faculty

Edgar VV. Jordan, M.Ed.

Instructor in Physical Education; Track Coach

B.A., University of Richmond, 1953; M.Ed., University of North Carolina, 1954;
Graduate Assistant in Physical Education, University of North Carolina, 1953-54;
Instructor in Physical Education and Assistant Track Coach, North Carolina
State College, 1954-55; Track Coach and Instructor in Physical Education, Wake
Forest College, since 1955.

Frank Butler Josserand, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Baylor University, 1948; M.A., ibid., 1953; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1957;
Graduate Student, University of Zurich, Switzerland, 1950; Fulbright Scholar,
University of Heidelberg, Germany, 1955-56; University Fellow, University of
Texas, 1956-57; Teaching Assistant, ibid., 1953-55, 1957; Assistant Professor of His-
tory, Wake Forest College, since 1957.

Roy Jumper, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Political Science

A.B., M. A., University of South Carolina, 1949; Ph.D., Duke University, 1955!
Fulbright Scholar, University of Paris, 1953-1954; Ford Foundation Fellow,
1954-1956; Instructor in History and Political Science, Clemson College, 1949-
1951 ; Instructor in Political Science, Duke University, 1951-1952; Visiting Lecturer
in Political Science, National School of Administration of Viet Nam, 1955-1956;
Fellow, Harvard University, 1959-60; Assistant Professor of Social Sciences,
Wake Forest College, 1956-57; Assistant Professor of Political Science, ibid., 1957-
60; Associate Professor of Political Science, ibid., since 1960.

Alonzo W. Kenion, M.A.

Instructor in English

A.B., Duke University, 1942; M.A., ibid., 1950; Instructor in English, Southern
Methodist University, 1951-55; Graduate Student, Duke University, 1955-56;
Instructor in English, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

Harry Lee King, Jr., M.A.

Instructor in Romance Languages

B.A., University of Richmond, 1936; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1953; In-
structor in Spanish, Hampden-Sydney College, 1946-47; Instructor in Spanish,
University of North Carolina, 1947-52, 1957-59; Instructor in Spanish, University
of Richmond, 1953-57; Instructor in Spanish, University of North Carolina, 1959-
60; Instructor in Romance Languages, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Robert E. Lee, M.A., LL.B., LL.M., S.J.D.

Professor of Law

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1928; LL.B., ibid., 1928; M.A., in Public Law, Columbia
University, 1929; LL.M., Duke University, 1935; S.J.D., ibid., 1941; Graduate
Student, New York University, 1928-29; University of Pennsylvania, 1930-31; In-
structor in Law, Temple University, 1929-38; Assistant Professor, ibid., 1938-42;
Professor of Law, ibid., 1942-45; Professor of Law, U. S. Army University at Shri-
venham, England, 1945-46; Visiting Professor of Law, University of Florida,
Summer of 1948; Dean of the School of Law, Wake Forest College, 1946-50; Chief
Counsel, Office of Price Stabilization, Region Four, 1951-52; Professor of Law,
Wake Forest College, since 1946.

Oscar J. Lewis, M.B.A., C.P.A.

Associate Professor of Accounting, School of Business Administration

B.A., Baylor University, 1945; M.B.A., University of Mississippi, 1951; C.P.A. ,
Tennessee, 1950; Instructor of Accounting, Georgia Institute of Technology,
1949-1950; Auditor and Budget Accountant, Sandia Corporation, 1951-1956;
Assistant Professor of Accounting, Wake Forest College, 1956-57; Associate Pro-
fessor of Accounting, School of Business Administration, ibid., since 1957.

Faculty

James C. McDonald, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Biology

B.A., Washington University, St. Louis, 1952; M.A., University of Missouri, 1957;
Ph.D., ibid., 1960; Assistant Professor of Biology, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Thane McDonald, Mus.M., Ed.D.

Professor of Music

Mus.B., University of Michigan, 1934; Mus.M., ibid., 1935; Ed.D., Teachers College,
Columbia University, 1956; Assistant Instructor in Theory, University of Michi-
gan, 1935-36; Organ Study with Van Denman Thompson, DePauw University,
1929-31; Instructor in Organ, Piano, Theory and Glee Club, Davidson College,
1936-41; Director of Music, Wake Forest College, since 1941; Professor of Music,
ibid., since 1956.

Jasper L. Memory, Jr., M.A.

Professor of Education and Director of Placement Bureau
(See Administration.)

Harry B. Miller, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1936; Ph.D., ibid., 1946; Instructor in Chemistry.
Armstrong Junior College, 1945-47: Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Wake
Forest College, 1947-1951; Associate Professor of Chemistry, ibid., since 1951.

Harry W. Miller, B.A.

Instructor in Mathematics

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1957; Graduate Student, University of Colorado,
Summer 1958; Graduate Student, University of Michigan, 1960; Instructor in
Mathematics, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Daniel C. Mooney

Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science and
Tactics
Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

Thomas E. Mullen, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Rollins College, 1950; M.A., Emory University, 1951; Ph.D., ibid., 1959; Grad-
uate Assistant, ibid., 1950-53; Fulbright Scholar, University of London, 1955-56;
Teaching Assistant, Emory University, 1956-57; Instructor in History, Wake
Forest College, 1957-59; Assistant Professor of History, ibid., since 1950.

D. Timothy Murphy, B.D.

Instructor in Philosophy

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1950; B.D., Yale University, 1953; Fulbright Grant,
Heidelberg, 1953-1954; Doctor-Candidate, ibid., 1955-56; Instructor, English
and World Literature, Overseas Extension Program, 1955-56; Stipendium,
Deutsche-Stifierrerband, 1957; Instructor in Philosophy and Psychology, Wake
Forest College, 1957-58; Instructor in Philosophy, tbid., since 1958.

John W. Nowell, Ph.D.

Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1940; Teaching Fellow, University of North Carolina,
1942-43; duPont Fellow in Chemistry, ibid., 1943-44; Ph.D., ibid., 1945; Guest
Research Student, Institute for Nuclear Studies, University of Chicago, Summer
1948; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Wake Forest College, 1945-48; Associate
Professor of Chemistry, ibid., 1948-54; Assistant Dean ibid., 1957-59; Professor
of Chemistry, ibid., since 1954.

Faculty

*James C. O'Flaherty, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of German

B.A., Georgetown College, 1939; M.A., University of Kentucky, 1941; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1950; Ferienkurs, University of Heidelberg, 1935; Sommerse-
mester, ibid., 1936 ; Instructor, Georgetown College, 1939-41 ; Fellow of the American
Philosophical Society in Germany and Austria, Summer 1958; Instructor in
German, Wake Forest College, 1947-51; Assistant Professor of German, ibid.,
1951-53; Associate Professor of German, ibid., 1953-58; Professor of German, ibid.,
since 1958.

Jeanne Owen, M.C.S., J.D.

Associate Professor of Business Law, School of Business Ad-
ministration; Director of Evening Classes

B.S., Woman's College of the University of North Carolina, 1941; M.C.S., Indiana
University, 1945; J.D., University of North Carolina, 1954; Graduate Student,
University of Colorado, Summers 1947, 1950; Instructor in Business, Louisburg
College, 1943-44; Instructor in Commerce, Averett College, 1945-47; Instructor in
Business Administration, Marshall College, 1947-50; Assistant Professor of Busi-
ness Administration, ibid., 1950-52; Associate Professor of Business Administra-
tion, ibid., 1954-56; Assistant Professor of Business Law, School of Business Ad-
ministration, Wake Forest College, 1956-58; Associate Professor oi Business Law,
ibid., since 1958; Director of Evening Classes, since 1961.

Robert E. Pace, M.A.

Instructor in Sociology

A.B., College of William and Mary, 1949; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1951;
Field Research Assistant, Institute for Research in Social Science, University of
North Carolina, 1951-53; Graduate Student, University of Chicago, 1955-56;
Graduate Student, University of North Carolina, 1958-60; Instructor in Soci-
ology, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Harold Dawes Parcell, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of French

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1923; M.A., Harvard University, 1924; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, 1934; Instructor in French and Spanish, Georgia School of
Technology, 1924-26; Instructor in French, Harvard University, 1926-28, 1932-34,
and Summer Session, 1934; Instructor in Romance Languages, Wesleyan Uni-
versity, 1928-31; Assistant Professor of Romance Languages, ibid., 1931-32; Pro-
fessor of French and Head of the Department, State Teachers College, Troy,
Alabama, January- August 1935; Instructor in French, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, Summer Sessions 1927, 1928, 1929, 1931; Instructor in French, Uni-
versity of Virginia, Summer Session, 1941 ; Instructor in French, Biarritz American
University, 1945-46; Assistant Professor of French, Wake Forest College, 1935-38;
Associate Professor of French, ibid., 1938-46; Professor of French, ibid., since 1946.

John Ernest Parker, Jr., A.M., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1940; A.M., Syracuse University, 1942; Ph.D., ibid.,
1952; Graduate Assistant in French, ibid., 1940-42; Instructor in French, ibid.,
1946-50; Instructor in Romance Languages, Wake Forest College, 1950-52; Assist-
ant Professor of Romance Languages, ibid., 1952-56; Associate Professor of
Romance Languages, ibid., since 1956.

Clarence H. Patrick, B.D., Ph.D.

Professor of Sociology

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1931; B.D., Andover Newton Theological School, 1934;
Ph.D., Duke University, 1943; Professor of Sociology, Meredith College, 1944-47;
Visiting Professor of Sociology, Wake Forest College, 1946-47; Professor of Soci-
ology, ibid., since 1947.

• Absent on leave, 1960-61.

Faculty

Percival Perry, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of History and Dean of Summer Session
(See Administration.)

*Elizabeth Phillips, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of English

A.B., Woman's College of the University of North Carolina, 1939; M.A., State
University of Iowa, 1945; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1957; Member of
Staff, News Bureau, Woman's College of the University of North Carolina, 1940-
43; Acting Head of English Department, Lees-McRae Junior College, 1945-46;
Acting Instructor in English, Butler University, 1946-48; Instructor in English,
Milwaukee-Downer College, 1949-52; Assistant Professor of English, ibid., 1952-
54; Assistant Co-ordinator, Special Program in American Civilization, Graduate
School, University of Pennsylvania, 1956; Assistant Professor of English, Wake
Forest College, since 1957.

Lewis D. Prather, B.A.

Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military

Science and Tactics

B.A., Presbyterian College, 1959 ;. Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Wake Forest College, since 1959

Herman J. Preseren, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Education

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania, 1939; M.A., Teachers Col-
lege, Columbia University, 1946; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1955;
Professor of Social Sciences, Presbyterian Junior College, 1946-51; Instructor in
Education, Wake Forest College, 1953-55; Assistant Professor of Education, ibid.,
1955-60; Associate Professor of Education, ibid., since 1960.

Harold D. Propst, M.A.

Instructor in Education
B.A., Wake Forest College, 1956; M.A., George Peabody College, 1959: Graduate
Student, ibid., Summer Session I960; Instructor in Education, Wake Forest Col-
lege, 1960-61.

Earl V. Quesinberry

Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science
and Tactics
Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, Wake Forest College, 1957-59; 1960-61.

Charles M. Ramsey, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Economics, School of Business Administration

A.B., Duke University, 1920; M.A., Cornell University, 1925; M.A., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1928; Ph.D., ibid., 1953; Instructor in Economics, University of Buffalo,
1926-1927; Instructor in Economics, Boston University, 1928-1930; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Economics, ibid., 1930-1935; Associate Professor of Economics, ibid.,
1935-1942; Associate Professor of Economics, College of Charleston, 1952-1953;
Associate Professor of Economics, School of Business Administration, Wake
Forest College, 1953-57; Professor of Economics, ibid., since 1957.

Kenneth Tyson Raynor, M.A.

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1914; M.A., Duke University, 1929; Graduate Student,
University of North Carolina, 1917, 1923; Graduate Student, Duke University,
1925-26, 1928, 1929, 1930; Teaching Fellow in Mathematics, ibid., 1925-26; Instructor
in Mathematics, Wake Forest College, 1926-29; Assistant Professor of Mathematics,
ibid., 1929-1952; Associate Professor of Mathematics, ibid., since 1952.

* Absent on leave, 1960-61.

Faculty

Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor, M.A.

Instructor in English

B.A., East Carolina Teachers College, 1931; M.A., Wake Forest College, 1947; Teach-
ing Fellow in English, ibid., 1945-46; Instructor in English, ibid., since 1946.

John F. Reed, M.A.

Colonel, Infantry, U. S. Army; Professor of Military Science
and Tactics

A.B., Pennsylvania State University, 1929; M.A., Washington and Jefferson College,
1937; Graduate Student, New York University, 1931-32; University of Pittsburgh,
Spring 1938. Professor of Military Science and Tactics, Wake Forest College,
since 1959.

Albert C. Reid, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1917; M.A., ibid., 1918; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1923;
Instructor in French, Wake Forest College, 1917-18; Professor of Philosophy and
Education, Anderson College, 1918-20; Associate Professor of Philosophy, Wake
Forest College, 1920-23; Professor of Philosophy and Psychology, ibid., 1923-58;
Professor of Philosophy, ibid., since 1958.

Claud Henry Richards, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Political Science

B.A., Texas Christian University, 1938; M.A., Duke University, 1940; Ph.D., ibid.,
1945; Graduate Assistant in Political Science, ibid., 1938-1939, 1942-1943; General
Education Board Fellow in Political Science, 1942-1943; Part-time Instructor in
Political Science, ibid., 1943-1944; Instructor in Government and Economics,
Texas Christian University, 1940-1942; Assistant Professor in Government, ibid.,
1944-1946; Assistant Professor in Political Science, Duke University, 1946-1952;
Associate Professor of Social Sciences, Wake Forest College, 1952-57; Professor of
Political Science, ibid., Bince 1957.

Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Wilson College, 1940; M.A., Syracuse University, 1947; Ph.D., ibid., 1954;
Graduate Assistant in French, Syracuse University, 1945-46; Instructor in French,
ibid., 1946-50; French Government Scholar with Fulbright Grant, Paris, 1950-51;
Fellow in French, Syracuse University, 1951-52; Instructor in Romance Languages,
Wake Forest College, 1952-54; Assistant Professor, ibid., since 1954.

Paul S. Robinson, Mus.B., M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. Mus.

Associate Professor of Music

B.A., Westminster College, 1929; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music, 1933; M.Sac.
Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary, 1938; D.Sac. Mus.,
ibid., 1951; Instructor in Music, University of Texas, 1951-52; Acting Director of
Music, Wake Forest College, 1952-53; Assistant Professor of Music, ibid., 1953-57
Associate Professor of Music, ibid., since 1957.

*Claude V. Roebuck, Th.M.

Instructor in Philosophy

B.A, Wake Forest College, 1940; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary,
1944; Graduate Student, Columbia University and Union Theological Seminary.
1946-50, 1953-54; Research Scholar, Yale University, Summer 1953; Tutor As-
sistant in Philosophy of Religion, Union Theological Seminary, 1949-50; Instruc-
tor in Religion and Assistant Chaplain, Williams College, 1950-51 ; Acting Chaplain
and Instructor in Religion, ibid., 1951-52; Lecturer in Religion, ibid., 1952-53;
Assistant to the Dean and Tutor Assistant in Theology, Union Theological Semi-
nary, 1953-55; Instructor in Philosophy and Psychology, Wake Forest College,
1955-58; Instructor in Philosophy, ibid., since 1958.

* Died, February 11, 1961,

Faculty

Gaines M. Rogers, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Finance and Dean of the School of Business Ad'
minstration
(See Administration.)

Mrs. Mary Kirven Sanders, M.A.

Instructor in English

B.A., Coker College, 1936; M.A., University of South Carolina, 1937; Instructor in
English, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

John W. Sawyer, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Mathematics

A.B., Wake Forest College, 1938; M.A., ibid., 1943; M.A., University of Missouri,
1948; Ph.D., ibid., 1951; Instructor in Mathematics, University of Missouri, 1946-
50; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, University of Georgia (Atlanta Division),
1950-52; Associate Professor of Mathematics, ibid., 1952-53; Associate Professor of
Mathematics, University of Richmond, 1953-56; Associate Professor of Mathe-
matics, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

*John Donald Scarlett, B.A., LL.B.

Associate Professor of Law

B.A., Catawba College, 1948; LL.B., Harvard University, 1951; General Practice,
1951-52; Assistant Director, Institute of Government of North Carolina, 1952-54;
Assistant Professor of Law, Ohio Northern University, 1954-55; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Law, Wake Forest College, 1955-57; Associate Professor of Law, ibid.,
since 1957.

Karl Myron Scott, M.S., Ph.D.

Professor of Management, School of Business Adminstration

B.A., University of Arkansas, 1925; M.S., Iowa State College, 1926; Ph.D., Uni
versity of Illinois, 1930; Associate Professor of Economics and Management'
University of North Dakota, 1930-33; Visiting Professor of Economics and Man-
agement, Duke University, 1933-34; Professor and Head of Department of Eco-
nomics and Business Administration, Arkansas State College, 1934-36; Dean,
College of Business Administration, University of Arkansas, 1941-43; Professor
and Head of Department of Economics and Business Administration, Marietta
College, 1945-51; Chairman, Division of Economics and Business Administration,
Arkansas Polytechnic College, 1953-55; Associate Professor of Management.
School of Business Administration, Wake Forest College, 1955-60; Professor of
Management, ibid., since 1960.

Warren A. Seavey, A.B., LL.B., LL.D.

Visiting Professor of Law

A.B., 1902, LL.B., 1904, Harvard University. LL.D., 1928, University of Nebraska,
1947, St. John's University, 1956, Tulane University. General practice, Boston,
Massachusetts, 1904-06. Reporter, with others, for Restatements of Agency,
Restitution, Torts and Judgments. Head of Law School, Pei Yang University,
China, 1906-11. Lecturer on Pleading, Harvard Law School, 1911-12. Professor of
Law, University of Oklahoma, 1912-14; Tulane University, 1914-16; Indiana Uni-
versity, 1916-20. Director, College of Law, A.E.F. University, 1919. Dean and Pro-
fessor of Law, University of Nebraska, 1920-26. Professor of Law, University of
Pennsylvania, 1926-27; Harvard University, 1927-55. Bussey Professor of Law
Emeritus, Harvard University, since 1955. Visiting Professor of Law at Washing-
ton University, 1956; New York University, 1956, 1958; Boston College, 1957-58,
1959 ; University of Texas, 1959 ; Vanderbilt University, 1960 Spring term. President
of Association of American Law Schools, 1947, General Editor, American Case-
book Series. Visiting Professor of Law, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

'Absent on leave, 1960-61.

Faculty

Ben M. Seelbinder, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Mississippi Delta State College, 1945: M.A., University of North Carolina,
1950; Ph.D., ibid. , 1954; Instructor in Mathematics, Mississippi Delta State Col-
lege, 1946-48; Part-time Instructor in Mathematics, University of North Carolina,
1949-53; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, University of Alabama, 1953-57;
Associate Professor of Mathematics, ibid., 1957-59; Associate Professor of Mathe-
matics, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

Lambert Armour Shears, Ph.D.

Visiting Professor of German

A.B., Columbia University, 1912; A.M., ibid., 1914; Ph.D., ibid., 1922; Instructor in
German, Wesleyan University, 1921-22; Instructor in German, Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1923-25 ; Instructor in German, University of Michigan, 1926-27 ; Instructor
in German, Duke University, 1927-45; Assistant Professor of German, ibid., 1945-
49; Associate Professor of German, ibid., 1949-54; Professor of German, ibid.,
1954-59; Visiting Professor of German, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Howard William Shields, M.S., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1952; M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1953;
Ph.D., Duke University, 1956; Research Associate, ibid., 1956-58; Lecturer in Phys-
ics, Wake Forest College, 1958; Assistant Professor of Physics, ibid., since 1958.

Franklin R. Shirley, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Speech

B.A., Georgetown College, 1938; M.A., Columbia University, 1948; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Florida, 1959; Graduate Student, University of Cincinnati, 1940-41
Instructor in English and Speech, Baylor School for Boys, 1943-46; Associate
Professor of Speech, Carson-Newman College, 1946-48; Visiting Professor of
Speech, University of Southern California, Summer 1960; Instructor in Speech,
Wake Forest College, 1948-56; Assistant Professor of Speech, ibid., 1956-60; As-
sociate Professor of Speech, ibid., since 1960.

Richard Lee Shoemaker, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Colgate University, 1938; M.A., Syracuse University, 1940; Ph.D., University
of Virginia, 1946; Student, University of Paris, Summer 1952; Graduate Assistant
in French, Syracuse University, 1938-40; Professor of French, Spanish and Latin,
The Cook Academy, Montour Falls, New York, 1940-41; Graduate Assistant in
French and Spanish, University of Virginia, 1941-45; Instructor, ibid., 1945-47;
Instructor in French, U. S. Army School of Military Government, ibid., 1943-44;
Instructor and Tutor in Romance Languages and Literature, Harvard Uni-
versity, 1947-50; Assistant Professor of Romance Languages, Wake Forest College,
1950-54; Associate Professor of Romance Languages, ibid., since 1954.

James E. Sizemore, B.S., LL.B.

Professor of Law

B.S., East Tennessee State College, 1951; LL.B., Wake Forest College, 1952; General
Practice of Law, 1952-53; Assistant Professor of Law, Wake, Forest College, 1953-55;
Associate Professor of Law, ibid., 1955-60; Professor of Law, ibid., since 1960.

David L. Smiley, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of History

B.A., Baylor University, 1947; M.A., ibid., 1948; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
1953; Instructor, Baylor University, 1947-48; Graduate Assistant in History,
University of Wisconsin, 1949-50; Instructor in Social Sciences, Wake Forest Col-
lege, 1950-54; Assistant Professor of Social Sciences, ibid., 1954-57; Assistant Pro-
fessor of History, ibid., 1957-59; Associate Professor of History, ibid., since 1959.

Faculty

Henry Lawrence Snuggs, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1926; M.A., Duke University, 1928; Ph.D., ibid., 1934;
University Fellow in English, ibid., 1927-28, 1930-31 ; Graduate Assistant in English,
ibid., 1929-30; Associate Professor of English, Elon College, 1931-34; Professor of
English, ibid., 1934-36; Professor of English, Oklahoma Baptist University, 1936-
45; Assistant Professor of English, Wake Forest College, 1945-47; Associate Pro-
fessor of English, ibid., 1947-53; Professor of English, ibid., since 1953.

Ann B. Snyder, B.A.

Instructor in German

B.A., Whitman College, 1952; Student, University of Tubingen, 1953-54; Graduate
Student, Radcliffe College, 1955-59; Teaching Fellow in German, Harvard-Rad-
cliffe, 1955-58; Instructor in German, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

Sharon Read Spade, A.B.

Instructor in Spanish

A.B., Middlebury College, 1959; Middlebury College Graduate Program, University
of Madrid, 1959-60; Instructor in Spanish, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Richard Lee Staley, M.A.

Instructor in Romance Languages

B.A., Guilford College, 1953; M.A., Duke University, 1958; Fulbright Scholar,
University de Montpellier, France, 1953-55; Diplome pour l'enseignement du
francais a 1 Stranger, Universite de Montpellier, 1955; Instructor in French, Duke
University, 1957-59; Instructor in Romance Languages, Wake Forest College,
1960-61.

Jack T. Stallings, M.Ed.

Instructor in Physical Education; Baseball Coach

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1955; M.Ed., University of North Carolina, 1956; Base-
ball Coach, Wake Forest College, 1959-60; Instructor in Physical Education, ibid.,
since 1958.

William J. Stanley

Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army; Assistant in Instruction in

Military Science and Tactics

Assistant in Instruction in Military Science and Tactics, Wake Forest College,
since 1958.

Henry Smith Stroupe, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of History and Director of the Division of Graduate Studies

(See Administration.)

Lyell Jerome Thomas, M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Economics, School of Business Administration

A.B., Berea College, 1947; M.A., University of Virginia, 1949; Ph.D., ibid., 1958*
Graduate Assistant, ibid., 1950-53; Instructor in Economics, Juniata College,
1948-50; Instructor in Economics, University of Virginia, Summer, 1952; Acting
Assistant Professor of Economics, School of Business Administration, Wake
Forest College, 1953-59; Associate Professor of Economics, ibid., since 1959.

Mrs. Anne S. Tillett, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Modern Languages

B.A., Carson-Newman College, 1935; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1936; Ph.D.,
NorthwesternUniversity, 1943 ; Visiting Assistant Professor of Modern Languages,
Wake Forest College, 1956-59; Assistant Professor of Modern Languages, ibid.,
1960-61.

Faculty

Lowell R. Tillett, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Carson-Newman College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1949; Student,
University of Oxford, Summer, 1950; Waddell Fellow in History, University of
North Carolina, 1952-53; Ph.D., ibid., 1955; Instructor in History, Carson-
Newman College, 1947-48; Assistant Professor of History, ibid., 1949-51; Associate
Professor of History, ibid., 1953-56; Assistant Professor of Social Sciences, Wake
Forest College, 1956-57; Assistant Professor of History, ibid., since 1957.

Thomas J. Turner, M.S., Ph.D.

Professor of Physics

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1947; M.S., Clemson College, 1949; Ph.D.
University of Virginia, 1951; Instructor in Physics, Clemson College, 1947-49;
Teaching Fellow, University of Virginia, 1950; U. S. Rubber Company Fellow,
ibid., 1951; Assistant Professor of Physics, University of New Hampshire, 1952;
Assistant Professor of Physics, Wake Forest College, 1952-54; Associate Professor
of Physics, ibid., 1954-56; Professor of Physics, ibid., since 1956.

Dan Otto Via, Jr., B.D., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Religion

B.S., Davidson College, 1949; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1952;
Ph.D., Duke University, 1956; Summer Session, University of Virginia, 1947, 1948;
Duke University Graduate Scholar, 1952-1953; Gurney Harriss Kearns Fellow
in Religion, 1953-1955; Instructor in Religion, Duke University, 1955-1956; As-
sistant Professor of Religion, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

James H. Walton, M.A.

Instructor in Speech

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1954; M.A., ibid., 1956; Director-Manager of Hayloft
Summer Theatre, Lincoln, Neb., 1955, 1956; Graduate Student, Michigan State
University, Summer 1957 ; Instructor in Speech, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

Robert H. Wheeler, M.A.

Instructor in English

B.A., Cornell University, 1951; M.A., Boston University, 1956 ;Instructor in English,
University of West Virginia, 1956-58; Graduate Student and Part-time Instructor,
University of Rochester, 1958-60; Instructor in English, Wake Forest College,
1960-61.

Carroll W. Weathers, B.A., LL.B.

Professor of Law and Dean of the School of Law

(See Administration.)

James A. Webster, Jr., B.S., LL.B.

Professor of Law

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1949; LL.B., ibid., 1951 ; Assistant Professor of Law, Wake
Forest College, 1951-52; General Practice, 1962-54; Assistant Professor of Law,
Wake Forest College, 1954-55; Associate Professor of Law, ibid., 1955-60; Professor
of Law, ibid., since 1960.

Norman A. Wiggins, B.A., LL.M.

Associate Professor of Law

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1950; LL.B., ibid., 1952; LL.M., Columbia University,
1956; Assistant Trust Officer, The Planters National Bank and Trust Company
of Rocky Mount, N. C, 1952-53; Associate Trust Officer, ibid., 1954-55; Assistant
Professor of Law, Wake Forest College, 1956-57; Associate Professor of Law,
ibid., since 1957.

Faculty

George P. Williams, Jr., M.S., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Richmond, 1947; M.S., University of North Carolina, 1950;
Ph.D., ibid., 1958; Instructor in Physics, University of Richmond, 1947-48; Gradu-
ate Assistant, University of North Carolina, 1948-50; Associate Professor of
Physics, Carson- Newman College, 1950-51; Instructor in Physics, University of
Richmond and Medical College of Virginia, 1951-55; Southern Fellowship Fellow,
University of North Carolina, 1955-58; Assistant Professor of Physics, Wake
Forest College, since 1958.

John Edwin Williams, M.A., Ph.D.

Professor of Psychology and Director of the Center for Psychological

Services

B.A., University of Richmond, 1951; M.A., University of Iowa, 1953; Ph.D., ibid.,
1954; Instructor in Psychology, Yale University, 1954-55; Assistant Professor of
Psychology, University of Richmond, 1955-57; Associate Professor of Psychology,
ibid., 1957-59, Director of Center for Psychological Services, ibid., 1955-59; Pro-
fessor of Psychology and Director of Center for Psychological Services, Wake
Forest College, since 1959.

Edwin Graves Wilson, A.M., Ph.D.

Professor of English and Dean of the College
(See Administration.)

Eugene W. Womble, M.A.

Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., Wofford College, 1952; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1959; Graduate
Student and Teaching Assistant, Tulane University, 1952-53; Instructor in Mathe-
matics, Wake Forest College, since 1959.

Raymond L. Wyatt, M.A., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1946; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1954; Ph.D.,
ibid., 1956; Instructor in Biology, Mars Hill College, 1948-1952; Instructor in
Botany, University of North Carolina, 1955-56; Assistant Professor of Biology,
Wake Forest College, since 1956.

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Professor of History

B.A., Duke University, 1939; M.A., University of Georgia, 1940; Graduate Student,
University of North Carolina, 1942, 1943, 1944-45; Instructor, Georgia Military
College, 1942-43; N. C. State College, 1943-44; University of North Carolina,
Summers 1944, 1945; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1949; Instructor in
Social Sciences, Wake Forest College, 1945-49; Assistant Professor of Social
Sciences, ibid., 1949-56; Associate Professor of Social Sciences, ibid., 1956-57; Asso-
ciate Professor of History, ibid., since 1957'

PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS

Clifford Bair, B.Mus., D.Mus.

Visiting Teacher of Singing

B.Mus., Chicago Musical College, 1928; Doctor of Music, ibid., 1948; Acting Director,
Department of Music, Battle Creek College, 1928; Student, Breslauer Stadt
Theater School, 1929-31; Voice Faculty, Columbia School of Music, Chicago,
1931-34; Opera-dramatic scholarship, Mozarteum, Salzburg, 1932; Head of Voice,
Opera-dramatics Department of Wayne, (Neb.) State Teachers College, 1934-36;
Head of Voice, Opera-dramatics Department, Salem College School of Music,
1936-45; Acting Dean, Salem College School of Music, 1937-38; Visiting Teacher
of Voice and Opera Workshop, Wake Forest College, 1949-60; Visiting Teacher of
Singing, ibid., since 1960.

James Decker, B.M., B.M.E., M.A.

Visiting Teacher of Clarinet, Flute, and Saxophone

B.M., DePaul University, 1953; B.M.E., ibid., 1953; M.A., Northwestern University,
1955; Clarinetist, Chicago Civic Symphony, 1951-52; Woodwind Instructor, City
Schools, Raleigh, N. C, 1955-58; Woodwind Instructor, City Schools, Greensboro,
N. C, since 1958; First Clarinetist, Winston-Salem Symphony, since 1958; Visiting
Teacher, Wake Forest College, since 1960.

Thomas Deiner, B.M.E.

Visiting Teacher of Oboe and Bassoon

B.M.E., Murray State College, 1957; Director of Instrumental Music, Mineral
Springs High School, since 1957; First Bassoonist, Winston-Salem Symphony,
since 1957; Visiting Teacher, Wake Forest College, since 1960.

Ray Dempsey, M.A.

Instructor in English

B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1941; M.A., University of Georgia, 1947; Instructor in
English, University of Tennessee (Nashville Branch), 1956-59; Part-time Instruc-
tor in English, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Mrs. Doris C. Goble, B.A.

Visiting Teacher of Piano
B.A., Wake Forest College, 1959; Visiting Teacher in Piano, ibid., 1960-61.

Mrs. Lucille S. Harris, B.A., B.M.

Visiting Teacher of Piano

B.A., Meredith College, 1946; B.M., ibid., 1947; Graduate Study, University of
North Carolina, Summers, 1948, 1949; Instructor in Piano and Organ, Mars Hill
College, 1947-50; Instructor in Piano and Organ, North Carolina School for the
Blind, 1950-55 .Instructor in Piano, Wisconsin State College, 1956; Visiting Teacher
of Piano, Wake Forest College, since 1957.

George H. Hobart, M.A., Ph.D.

Visiting Professor of Economics

A.B., University of Michigan, 1908; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1941;
Ph.D., ibid., 1948; Graduate Student, University of Michigan, 1939; Western Re-
serve University, 1940; New York University, 1943; Assistant Professor of Econom-
ics, Alfred University, 1942-45; Professor of Business Administration and Head
of the Department of Business Administration, High Point College, 1945-57;
Visiting Professor of Economics, Wake Forest College, since 1957.

Part Time Staff Members

Eugene Jacobowsky, M.A.

Visiting Teacher of Violin

B.S., Juilliard School of Music, 1948; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University,
1949; Instructor in Violin, Elon College, 1949-51; Instructor in Violin, Salem Col-
lege, since 1951; Concertmaster, Winston-Salem Symphony, since 1949; Visiting
Teacher, Wake Forest College, since 1960.

John T. McDowell, M.S.W.

Lecturer in Sociology

B.A., Furman University, 1946; M.S.W., University ol North Carolina, 1954; Gradu-
ate student, New York School of Social Work; South Carolina Department of
Public Welfare, 1950-55; Superintendent Department of Public Welfare, Forsyth
County, since 1955; Lecturer in Sociology, Wake Forest College, since 1958.

Charles Medlin

Visiting Teacher of Cello

Certificate in Performance, Juilliard School of Music, 1946; Cellist, Indianapolis
Symphony, 1946-53; Instructor, MacArthur Conservatory, Indianapolis, Indiana,
1949-51; Principal Cellist, Winston-Salem Symphony, since 1953; Instructor in
Cello, Salem College, since 1953; Visiting Teacher, Wake Forest College, since
1960.

Mrs. William A. Ogden

Instructor in Physical Education

University of Kentucky, 1947-49; Studied with Ted Shawn and Russe de Monte
Carlo, 1949-50; Member, Louisville Civic Ballet Company, 1950-51; Director
School of the Dance, Lexington, Ky., 1951-54; Instructor, Summit School,
Winston-Salem, N. C, 1954-59; Instructor in Physical Education, Wake Forest
College, since 1959.

W. P. Sandridge, B.S., LL.B.

Lecturer in Law

B.S., University of Virginia, 1925; LL.B., ibid., 1928. General civil practice of law,
since 1928. Member firm, Womble, Carlyle, Sandridge and Rice, since 1937. Lec-
turer in Law, Wake Forest College, 1961 Spring term.

Mrs. Margaret B. Seeleinder, M.A.

Instructor in Mathematics

B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman's College, 1946; M.A., University of North Caro-
lina, 1950; Assistant in Chemistry and Mathematics, Randolph-Macon Woman's
College, 1946-48; Part-time Instructor in Mathematics, University of North Caro-
lina, 1948-53; Instructor in Mathematics, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Mrs. Anne Talbot Shorter, M.A.

Instructor in English

B. A. .Woman's College, University of North Carolina, 1955; M. A., Duke University
1957; Instructor in English, Louisburg College, 1956-57; Graduate Student, Duke
University, 1957-58; Part-time Instructor in English, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Miss Ruby Woolf, B.M., M.A.

Visiting Teacher of Viola and Double Bass

B.M., University of Oklahoma, 1939; M.A. in Music Education, George Peabody
College for Teachers, 1942 ; Visiting Teacher in Viola, Wake Forest College, 1960-61 .

COACHING STAFF

William H. Gibson, M.A.

Director of Athletics

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1929; M.A., ibid., 1942; Coach, Apex High School, 1929-35;
Principal, Apex High School, 1935-38; Dean of Boys, Hugh Morson High School,
Raleigh, 1938-39; Coach, Thomasville High School, 1939-42; Agent, Federal Bureau
of Investigation, 1942-56; Director of Athletics, Wake Forest College, since 1956.

Jesse I. Haddock, B.S.

Assistant Director of Athletics

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1952; Athletic Equipment Manager, ibid., 1952-53; Assist-
ant to Director of Athletics, ibid., 1954-56; Assistant Director of Athletics, ibid.,
since 1956.

C. William Hildebrand, B.S.

Football Coach

B.S., Mississippi State College, 1947; Assistant Football Coach, Mississippi State
College, 1947-49, 1952-54; Assistant Football Coach, Purdue University, 1949-50;
Assistant Football Coach, University of Tennessee, 1950; Head Football Coach,
Whitworth College, 1951-52; Assistant Football Coach, University of Minnesota,
1954-56; Assistant Football Coach, Wake Forest College, 1956-60; Football Coach,
ibid., since January 1960.

Horace A. McKinney

Basketball Coach

Assistant Basketball Coach, Wake Forest College, 1952-57; Basketball Coach
ibid., since 1957.

Jack T. Stallings, M.Ed.

Baseball Coach; Instructor in Physical Education

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1955; M.Ed., University of North Carolina, 1956; Instruc-
tor in Physical Education, Wake Forest College, since 1958; Baseball Coach,
ibid., since 1959.

Edgar W. Jordan, M.Ed.

Track Coach; Instructor in Physical Education

Leo Ellison, Jr., M.S.

Swimming Coach; Instructor in Physical Education

* Elmer Barbour, B.S.

Assistant Football Coach

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1950; Assistant Football Coach, Durham High School;
Head Coach, Paul High School, Washington, D. C.J Head Football Coach,
Durham High School, 1950-56; Assistant Football Coach, Wake Forest College,
since 1956.

' Resigned, February 5, 1961

Coaching Staff

Richard Hunter, B.S.

Assistant Football Coach

B.S., Miami University, 1955; Coach, Barberton, Ohio, High School, 1955-58; As-
sistant Football Coach, Denison University, 1958-59; Assistant Football Coach,
Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

* Charles Robert Knox, B.S.

Assistant Football Coach

B.S., Juniata College, 1954; Line Coach, ibid., 1954; Assistant Football Coach,
Tyrone, Pennsylvania, High School, 1955; Head Football Coach, Ellwood City,
Pennsylvania, High School, 1956-58; Assistant Football Coach, Wake Forest
College, since 1959.

Ray Thornton, B.A.

Assistant Football Coach

B.A., University of Mississippi, 1953; Football Coach, Dekalb, Mississippi, High
School, 1954; Football Coach, Itawamba, Mississippi, Junior College, 1955-59;
Assistant Football Coach, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

** Cecil W. Ingram, M.A.

Assistant Football Coarc

B.S., University of Alabama, 1955; M.A., ibid., 1959; Football Coach, Bradenton,
Florida, High School, 1956; Football Coach, Brookwood, Alabama, High School,
1957; Football Coach, Tuscaloosa, Alabama, High School, 1958-59; Assistant
Football Coach, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Kenneth M. Bryant, B.A.

Assistant Basketball Coach and Tennis Coach

B.A., Wofford College, 1954; Football Coach, Basketball Coach, and Baseball
Coach, U. S. Army, 1954-56; Football and Basketball Coach, Anderson, South
Carolina, High School, 1956-57; Freshman Basketball Coach and Freshman
Baseball Coach, Wake Forest College, 1957-60; Assistant Basketball Coach and
Tennis Coach, ibid., since 1960.

William Deberry Fesperman, B.A.

Freshman Football Coach
B. A., Duke University, 1956; Assistant Football Coach, Broughton High School,
Raleigh, 1956-58; Assistant Football Coach, Gray High School, Winston-Salem,
1958-59; Assistant Football Coach, Durham High School, 1959-60; Freshman
Football Coach, Wake Forest College, 1960-61.

Jack Murdock, B.A.

Freshman Basketball Coach; Freshman Baseball Coach

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1958; Basketball Coach, Clinton, North Carolina, High
School, 1959; Freshman Basketball Coach and Freshman Baseball Coach, Wake
Forest College, 1960-61.

Lewis Martin

Athletic Trainer

University of Georgia, 1951-55; Assistant Trainer, University of Georgia, 1951-55;
Trainer, Furman University, 1955-58; Trainer, Wake Forest College, since 1958.

• Resigned January 21, 1961.
** Resigned January 28, 1961.

STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library
(General Library)

Carlton P. West, M.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian

Mrs. Kent Barbee, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Circulation Librarian

Minnie S. Kallam, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian

Mrs. Ernestine P. Howe, B.S. in L.S., Catalog Librarian

Mrs. Dorothy Rowley, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian

James M. Nicholson, Director of the Baptist Collection

Mrs. Carol J. Oexman, B.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian

Mrs. Nina Y. Garvey, A.B., Assistant Catalog Librarian

Minnie Morris Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Reference
Librarian

Library of the School of Law

Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian

Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine

Nell Benton, B.A., Librarian

COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY

1961-1962

Effective September 1, 1961

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire
on August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own
chairman except where the chairman is designated. All members of
a committee vote except as otherwise indicated.

Absences
Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women.
Voting. 1964 Wyatt; 1963 Gay; 1962 Owen.

Admissions

Non-Voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women,
Director of Admissions.

Voting. 1964 J. R. Johnson, Jr., G. P. Williams; 1963 G. J. Griffin,
Heath; 1962 Isbell, Tillett.

Advisory Council to Lower Division

J. R. Johnson, Jr., Chairman; Angell, Aycock, Banks, Bateman,
Blalock, Brehme, Britt, Burroughs, Chee, Cook, J. E. Davis, Dorn-
busch, Dyer, Gregg, Gregory, Griffin, Gross, E. W. Hamrick, P. J.
Hamrick, C. V. Harris, W. O. Harris, Hitchins, Hooks, Howren,
Johnston, Josserand, Kenion, H. B. Miller, Mullen, Owen, Parker,
Phillips, P. S. Robinson, Roebuck, Seelbinder, Thomas, Via, G. P.
Williams, Wyatt.

Athletics

Administrative: Dean of the College, Treasurer of the College,
Faculty Chairman Sawyer; 1964 Cook, Dodson; 1963 Patrick,
Yearns; 1962 Stroupe, Turner.

Buildings and Grounds

Administrative Officials: Copeland, Moore, Patterson, Wilson;
1966 Allen, 1965 H. B. Miller, 1964 Heath, 1963 Via, 1962 Aycock.

Calendar
Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women.

Committees

Curriculum

Dean of the College, Chairman; President, Dean of the School of
Business Administration, Registrar, and the chairman of each de-
partment of the School of Arts and Sciences as follows: Biology,
Chemistry, Classical Languages, Education, English, History, Mathe-
matics, Military Science and Tactics, Modern Languages, Music,
Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Political Science, Psy-
chology, Religion, Sociology, Speech.

Executive

Non-voting. President, Dean of Women.

Voting. Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of the School of
Business Administration, and the following faculty members 1964
Gross, J. E. Williams; 1963 Clonts, Snuggs; 1962 Barrow, Easley.

Library

Librarian and the following faculty members: 1964 Brehme, Earp,
Gregg, Hooks, Reid, Paul Robinson; 1963 Blalock, Bryan, Burroughs,
J. E. Davis, Howren, Thomas; 1962 Banks, J. R. Johnson, Jr., Jos-
serand, Memory, Parker.

Nominations
1964 Hylton, Mullen; 1963 Nowell, Via; 1962 Brown, Perry.

Orientation

Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of Women, President of the
Student Government or his designated representative.

Publications

Folk, Chairman; Bateman, Burroughs, Copeland, Howren, Parker,
Shirley, Smiley, Via, Wilson.

ROTC Board

ROTC Co-ordinator, Professor of Military Science and Tactics, and
the following faculty members: 1964 Black; 1963 Cook; 1962 Helm.

Schedule

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar.

Voting. 1966 Ramsey; 1965 J. R. Johnson, Jr.; 1964 Drake; 1963
Bryan; 1962 H. B. Miller.

Committees

Scholarships and Student Aid

Dean of the College, Dean of Women, and the following faculty
members: 1964 Gregory, Johnston; 1963 Easley, Reid; 1962 Dyer,
Thomas.

Student Affairs

Non-Voting. President, Dean of the College, Dean of Women,
Chaplain, Director of Concerts and Lectures.

Voting. 1964 Bateman, Head, Preseren; 1963 Casey, P.J. Hamrick,
W. O. Harris; 1962 Earp, Hooks, Jumper.

Faculty Marshals
1963 Banks, 1962 Broderick.

Faculty Council

President of the College, Chairman; Dean of the College, Dean of
the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine,
Dean of the School of Business Administration, and the following,
whose terms expire on December 31 of the year indicated:

Representatives of the School of Arts and Sciences: 1963 E. W. Hamrick,
Parcell; 1962 Nowell, Smiley; 1961 Perry, Richards.

Representatives of the School of Law: 1962 Divine; 1961 Sizemore.

Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1962 C. N. Hern-
don; 1961 Morehead.

Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1962 Thomas;
1961 Scott.

THE COLLEGE AND ITS EQUIPMENT

Historical Sketch

Historical Background. The history of the founding
of Wake Forest College is inseparable from the his-
tory of the formation of the Baptist State Convention.
One of the two main purposes which led to the organ-
zation of the convention in 1830 was to establish an edu-
cational institution that would give training under
Christian influences and provide educated ministers.

Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State
Convention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the
Convention, began an intensive four-year educational
campaign among the Baptists of the State. Two years
later, in 1832, the Convention purchased from Dr.
Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles north of
Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school.

Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of
a charter granted by the State Legislature in December
1833, the school was opened as Wake Forest Institute
on February 3, 1834, with Dr. Wait as principal. Al-
though the primary purpose was to give collegiate in-
struction in the arts and sciences, for five years the Wake
Forest Institute operated as a manual labor school,
attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical
training in agriculture, along with education in the
liberal arts. In 1836 the enrollment had increased from
the original 16 to 141.

The College. The manual labor feature was aban-
doned at the close of the year 1838, and the institution
was rechartered, in December 1838, as Wake Forest
College.

With teachers who were graduates of Columbian

Historical Sketch

College, Brown University, and Dartmouth College,
and with a liberal arts curriculum that was standard
for the time, Wake Forest College conferred the degree
of Bachelor of Arts upon four young men in June 1839.
From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively
as a college of liberal arts; the School of Law was estab-
lished in June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902,
the School of Business Administration in 1948, the
Division of Evening Classes in 1957, and the Division
of Graduate Studies in 1961. In 1942 the College be-
came co-educational

The College has given instruction to many thousands
of students and has sent them out into varied fields of
service. Among these have been a large number of minis-
ters, missionaries, lawyers, physicians, educators, writers,
scientists, businessmen, farmers, and influential leaders
in governmental affairs. From the beginning the College
has made marked contributions to Christianity, to cul-
ture, and to a higher type of citizenship generally, in
accordance with the original purpose of the founders of
the institution.

In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist
State Convention accepted an offer made by the
Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to give the College
$350,000 annually in perpetuity for operation of the
school on condition that it be moved to Winston-
Salem and that other friends of the College provide a
campus site and buildings. This decision was made
three years after the College had undertaken an En-
largement Program to provide much needed buildings
and other physical facilities on the old campus.

Mr. Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary
Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful
Reynolda Estate for the new campus. Ground-breaking

Historical Sketch

ceremonies were held on October 15, 1951, with the
President of the United States delivering the principal
address. The following spring actual construction began.
Accompanying the construction was intensive fund-
raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation
increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000.
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem
took place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman
Gray School of Medicine of the College had been moved
to Winston-Salem in 1941 when it received the resources
of the Bowman Gray Foundation.

Summer school opened on the new campus on June
18, 1956, the fall term on September 11 and formal
dedication exercises were held on October 18. The
old campus and buildings at Wake Forest were sold
to the Southern Baptist Convention for use of the
Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now
occupies the campus.

Administration and Instruction. The College is governed
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North
Carolina Baptist Convention. The Board has thirty-six
members who serve four-year terms, with nine being
chosen each year at the annual convention.

During its history of 127 years the College has been
headed by a total of ten presidents, the administrations
of four of these (Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr.
Charles E. Taylor, Dr. William Louis Poteat and Dr.
Thurman D. Kitchin) covering a total of 88 years. The
complete list of presidents,* with the dates of their
administrations, follows:

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49

• During the years 1882-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of
Greek), served as chairman of the Faculty.

Historical Sketch

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54

Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D.,

LL.D 1927-30

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P. . 1930-50
Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M.,

Th.D., Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-

The growth and progress of the College are due in no
small degree to the leadership of its presidents * and to
the faculty of instruction, many of whom have rendered
distinguished service for thirty years or more. These
include: Dr. William Bailey Royall, professor of Greek,
62 years: Dr. William Louis Poteat, Biology, 55 years;
Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; Prof. Edgar
W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren Gorrell,
Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law
44 years, and Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Lan-
guages, 43 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earnshaw served as
Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, seventeen
have served more than thirty years, including the fol-
lowing who became emeriti after serving more than
thirty-five years: Dr. W. R. Cullom, professor emeritus
in 1938, after completing his forty-second year, and
Dr. D. B. Bryan who was Professor of Education for
thirty-six years and Dean of the College for thirty-
four years; Prof. Hubert A. Jones who taught Mathe-
matics for fifty-one years; Dr. Henry Broadus Jones
who taught English for thirty-five years; and Dr.

* Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume
History of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal.

Endowment

William E. Speas who taught Physics for thirty-nine
years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor Crittenden retired in 1946
after thirty-one years as Librarian. In a word, the
College has enlisted and retained throughout their
teaching careers men who have devoted themselves to
the College and to its ideals of culture and Christian
leadership.

Endowment
In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest Col-
lege was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war.
In 1876, through the efforts of Dr. C. E. Taylor and Mr.
James S. Purefoy, about $20,000 was added to the
endowment. By January 1, 1884, Dr. Taylor had in-
creased the endowment to $100,000 and had raised
up a generous friend of the College in Mr. Jabez A.
Bostwick, of New York City. In 1885 Mr. Bostwick
created the Bostwick Loan Fund by a gift of $12,000
and in 1886 made a further gift of $50,000. In 1891
Dr. Taylor raised, by subscription and still another
gift of Mr. Bostwick, the sum of $40,000. Under the
terms of the will of Mr. Bostwick, dating from February
1, 1892, the endowment was increased, in 1923, by stock
valued at about $1,500,000. From 1906 to 1910 Pro-
fessor J. B. Carlyle undertook to raise $150,000. Of
this sum $117,798.56 was realized, of which the Gen-
eral Education Board of New York contributed a
fourth. More than $100,000 was added by receipts
from the Seventy-five Million Campaign and the pro
rata contribution of the General Education Board. On
November 20, 1925, Mr. B. N. Duke, of New York City,
made a generous donation to the endowment of 1,000
shares of Duke Power Company stock valued at $150,-
000. On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman
Gray Foundation were awarded to Wake Forest Col-

Endowment

lege, to be used exclusively by the School of Medicine.

The Chair of the Bible, known as the Albritton Chair
of the Bible, is provided by a gift of $25,000.00 con-
tributed in 1919 by the children of the Reverend John
T. Albritton and $25,000.00 by the Eastern Baptist
Association.

On December 21, 1946, eighteen-thirty-fifths of the
income from the James A. Gray Trust Fund was made
available to the School of Medicine for the general
furtherance of teaching and research.

The total endowment funds now controlled by the
College amount to approximately $5,910,000 (book
value as of June 30, 1960).

The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation,
Inc., and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered
into a contract on November 16, 1946, whereby the
Foundation made available to the College income of
the Foundation up to $350,000 per year in perpetuity,
this sum being increased to $500,000 in 1955. The in-
come so received was applied to the costs of construction
on the new campus prior to the time of removal in 1956
and thereafter to the cost of operations.

The College holds a beneficial interest of one-fourth
of the income of the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund
established by Dr. Burton W. Fassett of Durham, N. C,
this interest to increase when the principal of the fund
reaches a specified amount.

The College holds a beneficial interest of 41% of the
income of the Lucy Teague Fassett Memorial Trust
Fund, also established by Dr. Fassett, this interest to
increase when the principal of the fund reaches a speci-
fied amount.

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster

Buildings

Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in
1954, The George Foster Hankins Foundation was
established, to be managed and controlled by The
Trustees of Wake Forest College. The income of the
Foundation is to be used for scholarships and loan
funds in aid of worthy and deserving students displaying
promise and ability who might be denied a college
education because of lack of means, with preference in
the award of scholarships and loans to be given to
applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. The
assets of the Foundation on June 30, 1960, at book value
amounted to approximately $1,220,000.

R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Professorships

In 1958 the R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company made
a grant of $125,000 to the College for the purpose of
establishing one or more distinguished professorships in
chemistry. Under the provisions of this grant Dr. Paul M.
Gross, Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry, was ap-
pointed as the first R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company
Professor.

Buildings and Grounds

The physical equipment of the College includes about
331 acres of land and 14 buildings. There are, in ad-
dition, a president's home, ten faculty apartment build-
ings housing seventy-two separate families, and two
buildings containing fifty-six apartments for married
students. Construction on the campus was begun in
1952 and it was occupied for the first time beginning
with the summer session of 1956. The buildings are of
modified Georgian architecture, constructed of Old
Virginia brick and trimmed in granite and limestone.
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is
one of the most attractive in the South.

Buildings

Academic Buildings

Wait Chapel. Located at the head of the campus
plaza is Wait Chapel, so designated in memory of the
first President of Wake Forest College, Samuel Wait.
Its spire towers two hundred and thirty feet into the
air and its auditorium has a seating capacity of twenty-
five hundred. A four-manual pipe organ and choir
space for one hundred members are a part of the equip-
ment. Wait Chapel faces toward the south, overlooking
the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and
four large dormitories for men at right and left.

Wingate Hall. Attached to Wait Chapel on the
northern end is a four-story building for the Department
of Religion and for educational purposes of a campus
church. This part of the building has been named in
honor of Washington Manly Wingate, President of
Wake Forest College, 1854-1879. In addition to class-
rooms and offices for professors, there is the Paul Price
Davis Meditation Chapel, equipped with pews and
other facilities, for the use of small groups. There is also
in the basement an assembly room accommodating
about three hundred people and equipped with stage
and dressing rooms.

Reynolda Hall. Located at the southern end of the
plaza area and facing Wait Chapel is Reynolda Hall,
administration and student center. A wing on the
west end accommodates administrative offices of the
College; a wing of similar size on the east end fur-
nishes facilities for student organizations and activities.
On the ground floor, facing south, is the cafeteria,
equipped for seating at one time one thousand people
and for serving four lines. Back of the cafeteria are
kitchens, refrigeration units, and storage rooms. On the

Buildings

floor above are lounges and conference rooms. On the
third floor are a large banquet room and space which
will be used temporarily for classrooms and offices for
professors. A fourth floor contains a number of class-
rooms.

The £. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center
of the academic campus, this building contains space
for eight tiers of book stacks, with a capacity for about
one million volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are
four floors of rooms for reading, reference, and various
other uses of a modern library. Some of the space in
this building is to be used for a few years for classrooms
and offices.

Science and Research. A three-story building located
directly west of the Library housed the three basic
sciences of biology, chemistry, and physics for the first
five years on the new campus. This building contains
many laboratories, classrooms and offices, as well as a
large lecture room and ample storage space.

A building to house the Departments of Biology and
Psychology is under construction just west of the present
Science Building. It will provide classrooms, labora-
tories, faculty offices, seminar rooms and a small audi-
torium, and should be ready for use by September, 1961.

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of
Reynolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms
for instruction in physical education, courts for basketball
and other indoor sports, a swimming pool, offices for
members of the faculty of the Department of Physical
Education and of the Department of Athletics. Here,
also, is housed the Department of Military Science
and Tactics. No provision is made in this building for
large spectator facilities, since the near-by Memorial

Buildings

Coliseum will be used for intercollegiate basketball
games and other indoor sports. On either side of the
Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for tennis,
handball, and volleyball.

Law Building. At the opposite end of the academic
campus from the Science Building is located the building
for the School of Law. It is a four-story structure, con-
taining classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly
room, a library, a seminar room, a law review room, and
a student lounge.

Residence Buildings

Dormitories for Men. Bordering the plaza area on the
east and the west are four quadrangles of dormitories for
men, with accommodations for fifteen hundred students.
The dormitories are named in honor of Charles Elisha
Taylor, William Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna
Kitchin, former Presidents of Wake Forest College, and
Egbert Lawrence Davis, a benefactor of the College.
Each quadrangle contains three main floors with open
galleries overlooking the quadrangles. From these gal-
leries are entrances to the suites of rooms each of which
is occupied by a small group of students. Connecting
the Poteat and Taylor Dormitories with the Chapel
entrance are two wings, equipped to accommodate
about one hundred students each. One of these wings is
Efird Hall, in honor of Mr. J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and
another, Huffman Hall, in honor of Mr. Frank Huffman
of Morgan ton. Facing the plaza are a post office, a
bank, a drug store, a book store, and a number of shops,
all housed in these dormitories.

Dormitories for Women. At the southern end of the
academic campus, facing Reynolda Hall, are two

Libraries

dormitories for women, accommodating four hundred
students, that on the east being named Bostwick Dormi-
tory in honor of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the chief
benefactors of the College, and that on the west being
named Lois Johnson Dormitory, in honor of Miss Lois
Johnson, first Dean of Women of Wake Forest College.
Both double and single rooms are available for students
and each floor of the buildings is equipped with a
kitchenette and a launderette. A large lounge is located
on the first floor of each building.

A dormitory for women to accommodate 126 students
is under construction just west of Johnson Dormitory.
In design it is similar to Bostwick and Johnson Dormi-
tories, with some new features. It should be ready for
use by September, 1961.

The Power Plant, connected by tunnels with all
buildings on the campus, is located on a lower level
northwest of the athletic fields. Attractive and modern
in design, it is equipped with two massive boilers that
furnish heat and hot water for all buildings, including
the faculty apartments, and is the basis of the air-con-
ditioning system installed in Wait Chapel, Reynolda
Hall, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, the Science
Building, the Law Building, and the Gymnasium.

The Maintenance Building. Located in close proximity
to the heating plant to the south is the maintenance
building for the purpose of making repairs and con-
structing many things essential to the operation of the
various departments of the College.

Libraries
In its several libraries the College possesses a total of
182,952 volumes, not including several thousand United

Libraries

States Government publications. These volumes are dis-
tributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library
(general), 133,332; the Library of the School of Law,
28,222; and the Library of the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine, 21,398.

The books which constitute the Z. Smith Reynolds
Library have been chosen principally to serve three
basic purposes. It is considered essential, in the first
place, to develop and service a library which will be
adequate to the instructional program of a liberal arts
college and which will provide fundamental reference
works. Futhermore, in keeping with the position of the
College as an integral part of the North Carolina
Baptist organization, a Baptist Collection, now including
more than 5,000 items, is maintained. Substantial files
of Baptist newspapers and periodicals, and manuscript
records of many individual churches are included. Fi-
nally, to provide material for the study of North Carolina
and the Southeastern region, a workable collection of
North Caroliniana and materials concerning neighbor-
ing states has been promoted. The generosity of certain
individuals has made possible the special collections
mentioned below.

The late Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh, an
alumnus and life-long bibliophile, bequeathed his per-
sonal library to the College. It is a collection of more
than 7,000 volumes rich in first editions and important
association items. Funds from a bequest of his brother,
the late Oscar T. Smith of Baltimore, are used for the
purchase of similar materials, although such acquisitions
are shelved apart from the Charles Lee Smith library
itself.

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas
1950 by George W. Paschal, Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon,

Libraries

in recognition of the interest in the Library manifested
by his father, George Washington Paschal, and also in
memory of his father's twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal.
The Collection is regularly enlarged and, although
heterogeneous in nature, primarily contains material
relating to the Humanities. The aim of the founder of the
Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the
Library. While this collection is principally supported
by the donor, it has also received and welcomes contri-
butions from interested friends. A special bookplate is
used for items acquired for the Collection.

To acquire the more important editions of the works
of Edmund Spenser, together with significant back-
ground titles, a sum of money has been contributed
by Dr. Charles G. Smith of Baylor University in honor
of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. A fund established
by the late Dr. Herman Harrell Home of New York
University is applied to the purchase of general titles
of particular value to undergraduate instruction.

Other groups of books, smaller but no less significant
than those mentioned above, may be found in the
Library. The late Dr. B. W. Spilman both financed
and otherwise encouraged the collection of books
whose authors are alumni of the College. Through
participation in the McGregor Plan, an arrange-
ment whereby funds provided by the late Mr. Tracy
McGregor were made available to a selected group
of colleges and universities for the purchase of rare
Americana, the Library has acquired a valuable col-
lection of works belonging to the colonial and early
national periods of American history. As a United
States Government depository the Library has avail-
able the more important documents issued by the
various governmental agencies. As the result of a gift

Art Museum

from the Carnegie Corporation the Library contains
about 2,500 excellent photographs and many books
pertaining to the history of painting, sculpture, and
architecture. A group of more than a thousand book-
plates was contributed by Mrs. Clara T. Evans of New
York City.

The Library of the School of Law contains 28,222
volumes, including not only the reports, statutes, and
digests required by the American Association of Law
Schools but also the leading textbooks, encyclopedias,
and periodicals.

The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine
is a collection of 21,398 volumes which provides the
books, periodicals, and monographs necessary to in-
struction and research in medical theory and practice.
More than 500 current periodicals, both domestic and
foreign, are received.

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar contains a carefully
selected group of books for the use of advanced students
in philosophy. Although not supported by Library funds
but based upon an endowment given by the late Dr.
B. W. Spilman and upon the newly established A. C.
Reid Philosophy Fund, it forms a valuable part of the
book resources of the College.

Art Museum
The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J.
Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the
late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga.,
and formally opened to the public on June 2, 1941.
Exhibited temporarily in the former library room of the
William Amos Johnson Building, it has been stored
since the summer of 1952 for lack of gallery space.
Including some additions, there are about sixty paint-

Art Museum

ings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of
sculpture, and several other art objects in the collection.

The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paint-
ings from the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold
Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two paintings given by Mr.
Clark Hartwell and three by Mrs. April Ruth Akston.

Many of the paintings are hung in public areas of
various buildings on the campus.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Admission to the College

A candidate for admission to Wake Forest College
must furnish testimonials of good moral character,
must present evidences of educational achievement
represented by graduation from an accredited public
high school or an accredited private secondary school,
and must present satisfactory scores on the Scholastic
Aptitude (Morning) Test of the College Entrance Ex-
amination Board. The record of the work done by the
applicant in high school or in a private secondary school
and the recommendations of the school official must be
sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake
Forest College by an official of the school, and the test
scores must be sent from the test center. They may not
be submitted by the applicant.

Information about the times and places at which the
College Board test may be taken and an application for
taking the test may be secured from the high school or
from College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592,
Princeton, New Jersey.

Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's
academic records, scores on tests, and evidences of
character, purpose in life, and general fitness for college
life at Wake Forest College. The College reserves the
right to reject any application without explanation.

A student who wishes to transfer from another college
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must
furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that
the applicant is eligible in all respects to re-enter the
college last attended.

The applicant should fill out and return as early as
practical the student's part of the application and

Admission

certificate form supplied by the Director of Admissions
on request, and should then give to the high school
principal, superintendent, or other appropriate school
official the other parts to be completed and sent to the
Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the
attention of the Committee on Admissions.

An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of
processing the application is required. This should
accompany the application and will not be applied to
later charges or refunded, in the event of failure to be
admitted or of cancellation of the application.

If possible, the completed application should be sent
at least six months prior to the date on which the ap-
plicant hopes to enroll in Wake Forest College, but not
before September 15 of the applicant's senior year in
high school. Except in case of emergency, the final date
for making application for the spring semester is Jan-
uary 15; for the fall semester, August 20.

The minimum prescribed requirements for admission
to all degrees are as follows:

English 4 units

One Foreign Language 2 units

History (Social Studies) 2 units

Mathematics:

Algebra 1 X A or 2 units

Geometry 1 unit

Electives to bring the total to 16 units

An applicant who fails to meet minimum require-
ments in foreign languages or in geometry, but who
has graduated with a satisfactory high school record
and has made a satisfactory score on the Scholastic
Aptitude Test, may be considered for admission.* One
who is admitted without a prescribed requirement must

* Students entering in September 1963, and thereafter, will be expected to have met
the language and geometry requirements.

Admission

remove the condition within one year by a course or
courses taken in college without credit toward a degree.

A student who is admitted from another college be-
fore fully meeting the minimum prescribed require-
ments outlined above for entering freshmen must re-
move the entrance conditions during the first year at
Wake Forest.

A student who transfers from another college must
have an overall average of at least C on all college work
attempted. *

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance
for admission or re-admission to Wake Forest College, an
admission deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director
of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later than
three weeks after the notice of acceptance is mailed.
(Make checks payable to Wake Forest College.) Failure
to pay this deposit within three weeks will be considered
as indicating that the applicant does not intend to enter
Wake Forest College. This deposit will be credited
toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded,
if the application for admission or re-admission is
cancelled by the applicant and a written request for
refund is received by the Director of Admissions of
Wake Forest College not later than June 1 for the fall
semester or November 1 for the spring semester. Re-
funds will not be made after these dates.

If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission
after June 30 for the fall semester or after December 1
for the spring semester, the admission deposit is due
within two weeks of the date of acceptance. Deposits
made after June 30 and December 1 are not refundable.

No deposit is required of a student who expects to
enroll for the summer session only.

• Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has at-
tended more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College.

Classification

Advanced Placement

Wake Forest College recognizes college-level work
done in high school by giving credit and placement on
the basis of Advanced Placement Examinations of the
College Entrance Board and such pertinent supple-
mentary information as may be available.

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced stand-
ing may receive exemption from some basic courses
with credit on the authorization of the department con-
cerned. For the purposes of computing quality point
ratios, etc., credit gained by advanced standing exami-
nation is treated as credit transferred to Wake Forest
College from another college.

Admission to Advanced Standing

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited
colleges are accepted under the regulations that have
been adopted by the faculty for the approval of such
courses. In general, however, no credit is allowed for
courses not found in the curriculum of Wake Forest
College. All credits allowed for advanced standing
are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one
term in residence. The minimum residence requirement
for a baccalaureate degree is two academic years — the
senior year and one other.

Classification

Admission to the freshman class as a candidate for
a degree requires a minimum of sixteen units of high
school credits, with deficiencies on not more than two
units of the entrance work prescribed for the degree.
All entrance conditions, if any exist, must be removed
before registration for the sophomore year.

Recitations

The requirements for classification after the fresh-
man year are as follows:

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions
and the completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work
toward a degree, with a minimum of 25 quality points;
Junior — the completion of not fewer than 54 hours of
work toward a degree, with a minimum of 54 quality
points; Senior — not fewer than 95 hours of work to-
ward a degree, with a minimum of 95 quality points.

Procedure in Registering

There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from
the Registrar's Office a permit to register and a sum-
mary of prior record; (2) the payment of fees to the
Treasurer; (3) consultation with an adviser, who gives
such assistance as may be necessary in regard to the
program of work; (4) sectioning of classes by depart-
mental representatives; (5) appearance before the
Registrar for approval of program and assignment to
classes.

No student is allowed to enter any class until he has
completed his registration.

Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum
Requirements

Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of
laboratory or field work as equal to one hour of reci-
tation, are the maximum normally allowed freshmen.
Seventeen credit hours a week are the maximum which
sophomores, juniors and seniors may normally take. A
student may register for as much as nineteen credit
hours per semester provided that the additional hours
over the normal maximum include only hours in the

Absences

following courses: a one-hour physical education course,
one music ensemble course, and Military Science. Ad-
ditional work over the maximum is not otherwise allowed
except by permission of the Dean, and then only to
students whose records are superior.

The minimum number of hours for which a student
may register is twelve for the term unless he is given
special permission because of exceptional conditions or
because he is doing outside work to support himself in
college.

Enforcement of Regulations

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to
academic matters is regarded as a function of the fac-
ulty, or representatives of the faculty. A well-organized
Student Government assumes responsibility, in co-
operation with the Dean of the College, for the regu-
lations of the honor system and various other matters
involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations
of the College are adapted to and intended for those
who have reached such maturity that they may exer-
cise self-control. All students are expected to be faith-
ful in work, to be prompt and regular in attendance
upon all their college duties, and to refrain from practices
injurious to others. Those who neglect their work,
or persist in conduct that brings reproach upon them-
selves and upon the College, or disregard the rights
and the welfare of their fellow students are required
to withdraw from the College.

Absences From Classes
The regulations governing class attendance are in-
tended to give the student special privileges within
reasonable limits and at the same time to enforce neces-
sary restrictions.

Absences

By order of the faculty each instructor is required to
make an accurate report of all absences, regardless of
the circumstances under which they occurred, and the
Registrar is instructed not to record quality points and
credit hours without a complete report of attendance.
The application of all penalties is made by the Registrar
when he records the grades for the term. It is under-
stood that absences are counted from the first meeting
of the class, those who register late to be reported as
absent from any previous class meetings which they have
missed.

(1) A student, unless he is on probation, is allowed
each semester as many unexcused absences in each class
as there are class meetings in a normal week. These
absences must provide for minor emergencies and must
include all absences which are merely for the student's
convenience.

(2) A student of junior or senior standing who is on
the Dean's List for a given semester is granted the privi-
lege the following semester of additional unexcused
absences, provided that the total absences, excused and
unexcused, in any course amount to less than 15%
of the class periods in that course.

(3) Members of athletic teams or other recognized
organizations who are absent from class while repre-
senting the College will be excused for these absences,
provided that the total absences in any course amount
to less than 1 5 per cent of the class periods in that course,
and provided that these absences are certified by the
proper faculty representative.

(4) When a student is absent from class because of
an emergency, he should immediately thereafter file with
the Dean of the College an absence excuse request, to-
gether with a statement of a physician or some other per-

Loss of Credit Hours

son competent to certify the facts as to the emergency.

(5) A student who is on academic probation is not
allowed any unexcused absences. As a member of an
athletic team or another recognized organization, he
may be absent while representing the College as many
times in each class as there are class meetings in a
normal week, provided that these absences are certified
by the proper faculty representative.

(6) A student who is on probation for misconduct or
for any violation of the student conduct code or student
honor code is subject to such restrictions upon his at-
tendance as may be imposed by the Executive Com-
mittee or the Student Government, as appropriate.

(7) For each absence not allowed as specified above, one
quality point is deducted from the total earned in the course
in which the absence occurred.

(8) For an unexcused absence from a previously an-
nounced test, regardless of the student's academic
status, one quality point is deducted from the total
earned in the course in which the absence occurred.

(9) An absence from any class at the last meeting
before or the first meeting after a holiday recess is
recorded as two absences.

Loss of Credit Hours
After absences in any course amount to 25 per cent of
the total class periods in that course, a student loses all
credit for the course and is assigned a grade of F, except
that, if all his absences are excused or otherwise per-
missible under the College's absence regulations, he is
dropped from the course and assigned a grade of "WP"
or "WF" as appropriate.

Withdrawal

Course Drops

The last day for dropping a class without the grade
of F is listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this
Catalog. A student who wishes to drop any course
before this date must consult the Registrar and his
faculty adviser. After this date, if he wishes to drop a
course, he must consult either the Dean of the College
or the Dean of the School of Business Administration, as
appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he au-
thorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except
in the case of an emergency, the grade in the course will
be recorded as F.

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course with-
out prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for
that course shall be reported by the instructor to the
Registrar, and the student will be subject to academic
probation for the following semester or to such other
penalties as the Executive Committee of the faculty may
impose.

Withdrawal from College

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from
the College is required to consult the Dean of the Col-
lege and arrange official withdrawal. If the withdrawal
occurs before mid-term, no grades are recorded in any
of the student's courses. If it takes place after mid-term
the student's grade in each course is recorded as "F,"
unless there is an emergency, in which case it is recorded
as "WP" or "WF," depending on whether the student
is passing or failing the course at the time of his with-
drawal. "WP" and "WF" grades do not affect the stu-
dent's credit hour or quality point totals, but they will
be taken into consideration in case the student should
at a later date seek readmission to the College.

A student who withdraws from the College without

Probation

first consulting the Dean will not be granted honorable
dismissal and will be assigned grades of F in all his
courses.

Minimum Academic Requirements; Probation

At the end of the fall term the following students will
be placed on academic probation:

(1) Those students who, having attempted 23 or
fewer semester hours, have an over-all quality
point ratio* of less than 0.5.

(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer
than 24 and no more than 63 semester hours, have
an over-all quality point ratio of less than 0.75.

(3) Those students who, having attempted 64 or
more semester hours, have an over-all quality
point ratio of less than 0.9.

A student thus placed on probation will normally be
given the spring term and the summer session in order
to remove himself from the probation list. During the
period of probation he is not allowed any unexcused
absences from class and is not permitted to be absent
from chapel. He must also satisfy such other require-
ments as may be imposed by the Executive Committee
of the faculty. If he is a member of an athletic team or
other recognized College organization, he will also be
governed by the regulations in this catalog concerning
"Absences from Classes."

Before the beginning of the fall term the following students
will be informed that they are academically ineligible to con-
tinue in college:

(7) Those students who, having attempted 47 or fewer

* The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the net quality points earned by
the number of hours carried (whether passed or failed).

Probation

semester hours, have an over-all quality point ratio of
less than 0.5.

(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 48
and no more than 87 semester hours, have an over-all
quality point ratio of less than 0.75.

(3) Those students who, having attempted 88 or more
semester hours, have an over-all quality point ratio of
less than 0.9.

Under exceptional circumstances the Executive Com-
mittee of the faculty may continue the eligibility on pro-
bation of a student in the first category whose over-
all quality point ratio is no less than 0.4, a student in
the second category whose over-all quality point ratio
is no less than 0.55, or a student in the third category
whose over-all quality point ratio is no less than 0.75.

In the determination of the number of semester hours
a student has attempted, both with respect to his pro-
bationary status and with respect to his continued
eligibility, all work he has taken for credit at any col-
lege will be counted. In the determination of his quality
point ratio only his record at Wake Forest College will
be considered. Non-credit courses will not be counted
in either instance.

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also
place on probation or suspend from college at the end
of any term any student whose record for that term has
been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard to the
number of courses passed and failed, or who has not at-
tended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules
and regulations of the College.

Any student who has been separated from the Col-
lege for academic reasons must remain out of college
for at least one semester, after which he may apply for
readmission. This application for readmission must be

Grades

made to the Director of Admissions and approved by
the Executive Committee of the faculty. There is, how-
ever, no guarantee that the Committee's action will be
favorable. On the contrary, the suspended student
must accept the strong likelihood that readmission will
not be granted.

Examinations and Grades

All examinations are conducted in accordance with
the honor system adopted by the students and approved
by the Faculty. Under this system the student is ex-
pected not only to refrain from unfairness in any form
but also to report to the Student Council anyone whom
he knows to be guilty of cheating. Examination papers
are accompanied by a signed statement that no aid
has been given or received.

In the system of grading, A represents exceptionally
high achievement; B, superior achievement; C, average;
D, below average; E, conditional failure; F, failure.

Grade of I

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only
when on account of illness or some other emergency
a student does not complete the work of his course. If
the work recorded as I is not completed within thirty
days after the student enters for his next semester, the
grade automatically becomes F.

Grade of E

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may
be re-examined at any regular examination period with-
in a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. No
grade higher than D may be assigned as a result of a re-

Reports

examination. A student who does not remove a con-
ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the
course to secure credit.

Repetition of Courses

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which
he has already received a grade of G or higher.

Senior Conditions

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who
receives a grade of E at the close of the previous semester
may apply to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days
after the opening of the final semester and not less than
30 days before its close. Such examination will be re-
garded as a special examination and will entail a fee of
$2.50.

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the
end of the last term of the student's graduation year.
The name of a candidate for graduation who has a
condition after that date is dropped from the roll of the
class.

If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the
final term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a
re-examination before the next examination period.

Reports

A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy
is sent to the parent or guardian of each student who is
doing unsatisfactory work. At the end of each term a
final report of grades and attendance is given to the
student, and a copy is sent to the parent or guardian.

Transcripts

The Dean's List

The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each
semester by the Dean of the College and the Dean of
the School of Business Administration and will include
all full-time students who have made a quality point
ratio of 2.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a
summer session are not considered in the preparation of
the List.

Juniors and seniors on the Dean's List for a given
semester are granted the privilege the following semester
of additional unexcused absences, provided that the
total absences, excused and unexcused, in any course
amount to less than 15 per cent of the class periods in
that course.

Graduation Distinctions

Under the quality point system, graduation dis-
tinctions are determined as follows:

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited
with quality points which give him a ratio of not less
than 2.80, in relation to the total semester hours at-
tempted, shall be graduated with the distinction summa
cum laude; not less than 2.50, magna cum laude; not less
than 2.00, cum laude. The entire record of a student is
considered, with the understanding that a transfer
student may receive no distinction which requires a
quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake
Forest College.

Transcripts of Student Records

One transcript of the record of each student in the
College is issued by the Registrar without charge. For
each additional transcript there is a charge of one dollar.

Veterans

Summer Session Elsewhere

A student who desires to attend summer session in
another college must secure the advance approval of
the Registrar and the Chairman of the department
concerned.

A transcript of the record is required for posting at
the close of the summer session.

Center for Psychological Services

The Center provides specialized services in educa-
tional-vocational testing and counseling, and in personal
adjustment counseling. These services provide evidence
of the student's aptitudes, interests, and achievements
and assist him in making the most of his opportunities
for academic and personal development while in college.
The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, is staffed by
professionally trained psychologists. There is no charge
to the full time student for Center services.

Veterans

During the current session, the College has enrolled
303 veterans. Applicants who need information con-
cerning educational benefits for veterans should consult
the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administra-
tion. This office for North Carolina is located at 310
West Fourth Street, Winston-Salem.

Benefits are administered under Public Law 550,
82nd Congress, and Public Law 894, 81st Congress
(disabled veterans). An education and training al-
lowance is paid monthly to the veteran, and he pays his
College expenses from such allowance, the College
having no financial connection with the Veterans Ad-
ministration on the veteran's charges. In order to receive

Veterans

the full monthly subsistence allowance, a veteran
enrolled under Public Law 550 must be enrolled for at
least 14 semester hours, not more than two of which
may be non-credit hours.

Properly qualified veterans should obtain a Certificate
of Education and Training from the Veterans Ad-
ministration to present to the College at registration,
as the College is required to certify, on the basis of
such certificate, that the veteran is actually enrolled
and in attendance.

Veterans must have commenced training by August
20, 1954, or the date three years from date of discharge,
whichever is later. No training will be afforded beyond
eight years after the official end of the Korean conflict
or eight years from date of discharge, whichever is the
later date.

Veterans who believe they may be entitled to some
credit for special service courses may consult the Regis-
trar for advice and suggestions for procedure.

COLLEGE CHARGES AND FINANCIAL
ARRANGEMENTS

(Veterans: See statement on page 73)

General Statement. Statements in this Bulletin con-
cerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an
irrevocable contract between the student and the Col-
lege. The College reserves the right to change without
notice the cost of instruction at any time within the
student's term of residence.

Payment and Settlement of Accounts. Each student is
responsible for the settlement of his own account. Begin-
ning on page 76, statements of charges made are listed,
and the student is expected to meet the schedules of
payment therefor and to settle promptly all bills ren-
dered.

The College does not extend credit or make arrange-
ments for payment of charges other than those set out
in this Bulletin. Plans for financing college charges are
offered by the First- Citizens Bank and Trust Company,
Raleigh, North Carolina, and by Wachovia Bank and
Trust Company, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. In-
formation may be obtained by writing directly to these
banks.

The College expects students to pay tuition and other
charges when due or to arrange financing of charges as
explained in the preceding paragraph.

Faculty regulations require that a student's College
account must be settled in full before he is entitled to
receive his grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma,
or to register for the succeeding semester.

Withdrawal. Students withdrawing must follow the
procedure set forth on page 67 and must present their

Charges

student activity books to the Treasurer before any claim
for refund may be considered. In general, the refund is on
a pro rata basis if withdrawal occurs within 30 days from the
first day of registration as indicated in the College calendar on
page 3.

Bank Accounts and Check-Cashing. Students will greatly
facilitate their financial arrangements by opening a
checking account with the Wake Forest Office of the
Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, located on the
campus, since the College cannot undertake to cash
checks.

Checks and money orders presented in payment of
accounts should be made payable to WAKE FOREST
COLLEGE.

Meals, Books, and Laundry. Meals and books are paid
for as obtained. The College operates a book store and
a cafeteria, both of which are located on the campus.
The following are estimated figures for the periods in-
dicated:

School Summer

Tear Session

Board (at rate of $1.65-$2.00

daily) $500-$550 $ 1 20-$ 1 50

Books $ 75-S100 $ 35-$ 50

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry oper-
ated by a Winston-Salem firm is located in Charles E.
Taylor Dormitory.

School of Arts and Sciences and School of Business
Administration

Charges for the Regular School Tear

All charges are due and payable at registration un-
less otherwise indicated.

Charges

Fall Spring Total

Semester Semester for Year

Tuition 1 $150. 00 2 $150. 00 3 $300.00

General Fee 1 150.00 150.00 300.00

Dormitory Room Rental 1 00 . 00 4 1 00 . 00 4 200 . 00

Student Union Fee 1 .50 1 .50 3.00

$401.50 $401.50 $803.00

Deduct admission deposit ($50.00) or reservation deposit ($25.00)
from above charges, if such deposits are paid. See page 79.

The general fee is required of all students at registra-
tion. It is intended to bear in part the total cost of op-
erations of the College. It specifically includes such
items as would normally require the payment of a fee
namely, libraries, laboratories, admission to all inter-
collegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest College (when
student activity book is presented), and to certain
student activities, including religious and dramatic
organizations, cost of student publications, consisting of
the yearbook, The Howler, and subscription prices of
$1.50 annually for the campus magazine, The Student,
and $2.50 annually for the student newspaper, Old
Gold & Black. It further provides for the attendance of
the College physician and nurses in the College hospital
for temporary emergencies.

The Student Union fee is required of all students at
registration. It is intended to bear in part the total cost
of the operation of the Student Union (see page 1 09) .

1 Part-time students (those enrolled for less than 12 semester hours) pay a flat charge
of $18.50 per semester hour in lieu of tuition and general fee. Part-time students are not
entitled to claim the concessions listed on page 95 nor are they entitled to admission to
athletic contests and receipt of publications as are full-time students.

2 May be deferred until November 1.

3 May be deferred until March 1.

4 Single room $110.00

Double room occupied as single room $150.00

Charges

Charges for the Summer Session

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in
March of each year and may be obtained by writing
Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest College,
Winston-Salem, North Carolina. This bulletin should
be consulted for detailed information concerning charges
and courses.

All charges are due and payable at registration.

First
Session

Summer School Fee 1 $ 60.00 2

Dormitory Room Rental . 30.00

Second

Session

$ 60.00 2

30.00

Total

$120.00

60.00

TOTAL $ 90.00

School of Law

$ 90.00

$180.00

Charges for the Regular School Tear

The Bulletin of the School of Law should be consulted
for detailed information. A copy may be obtained by
addressing the Dean of the School of Law, Wake Forest
College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

All charges are due and payable at registration.

Fall Spring Total

Semester Semester for Tear

Tuition 3 $275.00 $275.00 $550.00

Dormitory Room Rental . 100.00 4 100.00* 200.00

$375.00 $375.00 $750.00

Deduct admission deposit ($50.00) or reservation deposit ($25.00)
from above charges, if such deposits are paid. See page 79.

1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of
$12.50 per semester hour.

1 No concessions or scholarships are available in the summer session, except that
the charge to public school teachers is $45.00 per session when duly authorized by the
Dean of the Summer Session.

• Part-time students (those enrolled for 7 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of
4137.50.

* Single room— $110.00.

Double room occupied as a single room — $150.00

Charges

No general fee is charged, but students in the School
of Law have the same privileges described on page 77
as do students in the School of Arts and Sciences and
the School of Business Administration.

Charges for the Summer Session

The summer term in the School of Law consists of
one nine- week session.

Tuition' $100.00

Dormitory Room Rental 30.00

TOTAL $130.00

Bowman Gray School of Medicine

The Bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine
should be consulted for information as to expenses. Re-
quests therefor should be addressed to the Dean of the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest
College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

Other College Charges

Information concerning the charges listed below will
be found immediately following the table.

*Admission Application Fee $10.00

*Admission Deposit 50.00

Applied Music (amounts shown
are per semester) :
One lesson per week in piano,

organ, or violin 72.00

One lesson per week in voice . . 60.00

1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of
$30.00.
* Not required in the Summer Session.

Charges

Class instruction in voice or
band and orchestra instru-
ments (minimum class total 4

students) per student $30.00

Practice studio rental (one hour

daily) 6.00

Practice studio rental (two

hours daily) 10.00

Organ practice (one hour

daily) 10.00

Organ practice (two hours

daily) 14.00

Other instrument rental 5.00

Dormitory Damage and Repairs

As charged by Director of Residences

Graduation Fee 10.00

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. 3.00 daily

Key Deposit 3.00 each

Library Fines As charged by Library

*Reservation Deposit 25.00

Room Change Fees:

Authorized Changes 5.00

Unauthorized Changes 20.00

ROTC Deposit 20.00

Special Examination 2.50

Student Apartment Rental 60.00 monthly

Traffic Fines:

Unregistered Vehicle 10.00 per violation

Illegal Parking 2. CO per violation

Trailer Park Rental 30.00 p^r semester

Transcripts (first copy is free) . . . 1.00 each

Admission Application Fee. Required with each appli-

*Not required in the summer

Charges

cation for admission to the School of Arts and Sciences
to cover costs of processing. Non-refundable.

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering
for the first time, or re-entering after a period of non-
attendance, the School of Arts and Sciences and the
School of Law. Must be sent to the Director of Admis-
sions (or to the Treasurer, in the case of law students)
within three weeks after acceptance for admission or
readmission. The deposit is credited to the student's
college charges for the semester for which he has been
accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of
Admissions (or the Dean of the School of Law in the
case of law students) is notified in writing prior to June
1 for the fall semester and November 1 for the spring
semester, of cancellation of plans to enter. No officer of
the College has authority to modify these refund dates.

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of
students enrolling for individual or class study in ap-
plied music as described in the offering of the Depart-
ment of Music (p. 186). Payable in the Treasurer's office
not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively,
for the fall and spring semesters.

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged
for damage to his room or college property in accordance
with Dormitory Rule 4 appearing on page 86. These
charges may be appealed to the Board of Dormitory
Damage Appeals if the student feels they are not merited.

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are
candidates for degrees, whether or not they are present
for the graduation exercises, and must be paid prior to
the date of graduation. Covers the cost of diploma,
academic costume, and other expenses pertaining to
graduation.

Charges

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. Charged to students
when confined to the College Hospital. An additional
charge is made for special surgeon or special nurse,
when their services are required, and for special and
expensive drugs. The provision for hospital service and
the attendance of a physician applies to the student only
and cannot be extended to members of his family.

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormi-
tory room or student apartment. Refunded when key
is returned to the Director of Residences.

Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books
and for violation of other Library regulations. Payable
in the Library.

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring
semester who expect to return for the next regular ses-
sion beginning in September are required to pay a
reservation deposit at a date set by the Treasurer. It is
credited to the student's college charges and will be
refunded under the same conditions specified for the
admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if
requested prior to June 30.

Room Change Fees. A charge of $5.00 is incurred for
authorized room changes made after October 1 in the
fall semester, after February 15 in the spring semester,
and after the first week of each summer session. An
authorized room change is one which has been made
with the permission of the Director of Residences or the
Dean of Women, as appropriate. A fine of $20.00 is in-
curred for any unauthorized change.

ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled
in an ROTC course before equipment may be issued to
him. Refunded at the end of the school year or upon

Food Services

withdrawal from the course, less a cleaning charge and
less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear excepted. If
loss or damage exceeds $20.00, the deposit is forfeited,
and the student is responsible for the excess over $20.00.

Special Examination. Required for each special ex-
amination taken to remove a course condition.

Student Apartment Rental. Required to be paid monthly
in accordance with written lease executed for the apart-
ment between the student and the Director of Residences
acting on behalf of the College.

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating
parking regulations, copies of which are obtainable from
the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. May be
appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals.

Trailer Park Rental. Required to be paid in accord-
ance with written lease executed for college trailer park
space between the student and the Director of Resi-
dences acting on behalf of the College.

Transcripts. The first copy of a student's record is
issued free of charge. Subsequent copies cost $1 each.
Transcripts are requested from the Registrar.

Food Services
Three types of food services are offered to the students
of Wake Forest College — cafeteria, grill, and table
service. The cafeteria lines feature a multiple choice
menu planned and supervised by a trained home
economist. The grill with its soda shop operates until
10:30 p.m. week nights and is a favorite spot for students
to gather. The Magnolia Room is the table service
dining room giving the students a quiet place to enjoy
eating and offering a menu with greater variety, also

Housing

foods prepared to order. The average student spends
from $1.65-$2.00 per day for food, exclusive of soda
shop purchases.

Housing

All unmarried undergraduate students who do not
live in Winston-Salem or near Winston-Salem with their
parents must live on the campus unless given permission
in writing to the contrary by the Dean of the College
or the Dean of Women.

Student Apartments and Trailer Park

An apartment building containing fifty-six apart-
ments is located on the northwest edge of the campus. A
trailer park containing fifty-one spaces is located on
the east side of the campus. The apartment and trailer
park are available for married couples, who must actu-
ally reside therein.

Application for apartment and trailer space must be
made to the Director of Residences, who maintains a
waiting list. Assignment is made in order of priority of
application, and a lease is executed by the student and
the College.

Apartment and trailer space is available only to bona
fide students of Wake Forest College.

Rooms — Men

The rent is SI 00.00 per semester per student for
double rooms, SI 10.00 per semester for single rooms and
$150.00 for double rooms occupied as single rooms,
due and payable at registration and may not be de-
ferred. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal.

See below for the rules governing the use of dormi-
tory rooms.

Dormitory Rules

Rooms — Women

Married women students are not ordinarily permitted
to live in the dormitories. Single women students in the
professional schools may live in quarters approved by
the Dean of Women.

The assignment of rooms to women students is made
by the Dean of Women after admission requirements
have been completed. Notification of assignments is
generally made in the summer preceding the opening
of the session in September.

The rent is $1 00.00 per semester per student for
double rooms and $1 10.00 per semester for single rooms,
due and payable at registration, and may not be de-
ferred. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal.

See below for the rules governing the use of dormi-
tory rooms.

Dormitory Rules

The following rules apply to the use of dormitory
rooms:

1. The period for which rooms are rented is one
semester; however, any student remaining in the same
room for the second semester will not need to sign a
new room contract as the contract provides for auto-
matic renewal to cover the room assignment for the
second semester. The College reserves the right to change
or cancel room assignments in the interest of order,
health, discipline, or other urgent reasons.

Each student, in accepting h is/her assignment, agrees
to abide by this contract, the Constitution of the
Student Body, and the dormitory regulations printed
on the reverse side of the contract, and to permit, in his
presence, duly authorized personnel to inspect his room
and any effects in such room. Authorized personnel

Dormitory Rules

may enter rooms at any time to check for cleanliness or
to make necessary repairs, or when it appears to the
College that the safety of the students is endangered or
where property damage is involved.

2. All payments for room rent are made at registra-
tion. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal.
The occupant may not sublet the room to another
student.

3. A woman student may exchange her room only
with the advance written approval of the Dean of
Women. A non-fraternity man may exchange his room
only with the advance written approval of the Director
of Residences. A fraternity man living in a fraternity
section must follow the procedure outlined in the
fraternity contract.

A charge of $5.00 will be incurred for authorized
room changes made after October 1 in the fall semester
and after February 15 in the spring semester. (A charge
of $5.00 will be incurred for all authorized changes
made after the first week of summer school.)

A fine of $20.00 will be incurred for any exchange
made otherwise.

4. The student will be charged for any damages
which occur to his room or furnishings, for any damages
on a pro rata basis which may occur to his suite, and
for all damages caused by his neglect, misuse, or abuse
of any part of the college property. Any student may
appeal his dormitory damage charge to the Board of
Dormitory Damage Appeals.

5. College furniture or furnishings are not to be
moved from the room in which they have been placed
by the College.

Regulations

6. All residents must secure keys for dormitory rooms
at the Office of the Director of Residences. All issues and
exchanges must be made at the office. The use or pos-
session of an unauthorized key is forbidden. A deposit of
$3.00 is required for a key, and this may be recovered by
returning the key to the Director of Residences when
leaving college. All keys must be returned, even though
the student plans to occupy the same room for the
summer session or for the ensuing fall semester. Failure
to return a room key under these circumstances leaves
the student liable for any damages which may occur
to the room or suite.

7. The dormitories will open at noon on the first
day of the fall semester. The dormitories will be closed
at noon on the first day of the Christmas holidays and
will reopen at noon on the last day of the Christmas
holidays. The dormitories will close at noon on the day
after Graduation Day. Dormitories will be open at noon
of the day prior to the opening of the summer session
and will close at 6 p.m. on the day the summer session
ends. Occupancy of a room otherwise may be permitted
only in an extreme emergency and must have the written
approval of the Director of Residences or the Dean of
Women, as appropriate, for which a charge of $1.00
will be made for each day or fraction thereof.

8. The College assumes no liability for loss or damage
to personal property.

Regulations

1. Only bona fide students of Wake Forest College
may reside in the dormitories.

2. The College furnishes the principal articles of
furniture. One additional small chest, table or chair

Regulations

may be allowed if written request is made (furnishing a
description of the item) to the Director of Residences or
the Dean of Women, as appropriate, and written ap-
proval is given. Rugs are not allowed. Lamps and
curtains or draperies (installed according to College
regulations) are permissible. Furnishings are not to be
used for other than the intended purpose and beds are
not to be disassembled. Each student will supply his
own linen (for single beds), desk lamp and bulbs, and
wastebasket.

3. Curtains, draperies, pictures, pennants and clip-
pings must be hung from the picture molding and not
tacked or pasted on walls or woodwork.

4. Trunks and heavy luggage should be stored in
trunk rooms.

5. No electrical or other type of equipment may be
kept or used in a room which will in any way damage
the room or its furnishings. No window fans or air
conditioning units may be installed without the written
permission of the Director of Residences. No cooking
or refrigerating equipment or electric irons may be
kept or used in a room.

6. It is forbidden to possess or use on the campus of
this College any intoxicating liquors, wines or beer or
any fire crackers or other explosives. Contraband will
be confiscated. Any form of gambling is forbidden.
Animals or fowl are not allowed in the dormitories.

7. Firearms are prohibited in the dormitories or on
the campus except for instructional purposes connected
with the ROTC unit.

8. Playing football, baseball, softball, golf, or any

Regulations

other sport is forbidden in the dormitory areas and
must be confined to designated areas.

9. Women are not permitted in the dormitory section
of men's dormitories.

10. The use of dormitory rooms as sales offices or
storerooms, or the solicitation of sales or gifts within
the buildings or grounds, is prohibited without per-
mission of the Dean's office.

11. No aerials of any type may be installed on any
College buildings without the prior written permission
of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds.

12. Students are expected to cooperate with the
campus guards and to identify themselves upon the
request of a guard. Failure to do so will be construed as
misconduct.

13. Each student is expected to display his name in
the cardholder on the door.

14. Application for repairs should be made to the
Housekeepers or at the office of the Director of Resi-
dences.

15. Any student who moves from any dormitory
room relinquishes all rights to any further use of the
room.

16. Students are expected to refrain at all times from
making excessive noise, either in person or by radios,
record players or other instruments capable of causing
noise. Students shall not in any way interfere with the
comfort or rights of other students.

17. Students who fail to comply with these regula-
tions may forfeit their right to live in the dormitory.

SCHOLARSHIPS, CONCESSIONS
AND LOAN FUNDS

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all scholar-
ships and concessions (remitted tuition) must be ap-
proved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student
Aid. The Committee requires that applications for
scholarships and concessions be made on forms obtain-
able by addressing the Committee at Box 7305, Winston-
Salem, N. C.

Concessions and scholarships supported by funds of
the College are not granted to students enrolled in the
professional schools of law and medicine.

Only one scholarship or concession supported by
College funds may be granted to any one person.

To receive consideration for a scholarship or con-
cession, the applicant must either be a registered student
in Wake Forest College or have been accepted for
admission.

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all scholar-
ships, and each applicant must file a financial statement
as part of his application for the scholarship.

The Committee reserves the right to revoke any
scholarship or concession for unworthy achievement.

No scholarship or concession is automatically renew-
able. Application must be made each year.

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently
early so that final action will have been taken before
the beginning of the school year.

Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial
Aid Fund.

Scholarships

Junius Calvin Brown Scholarship. Donated by Mr.
Junius Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in

Scholarships

honor of his wife, Eliza Pratt Brown. The fund shall
be used to assist needy, worthy, and deserving students
from North Carolina, with preference being given to
students from the town of Madison and Rockingham
County. There is approximately $1,000 available for
1961-1962.

Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Bur-
lington Industries Foundation, this scholarship is avail-
able to one who will have junior standing in September
1961, has done all previous work at Wake Forest and
has an average of 2.0 or better. Leadership, scholarship,
and need are considered in making the award. The
value of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this
amount available in each of the junior and senior years.

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund
donated in memory of Professor J. G. "Pop" Carroll,
former Associate Professor of Mathematics. The award
will be made to some deserving athlete who is not on a
regular athletic scholarship. Approximately $100 is
available for 1961-1962.

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts
of $100 to $600 each, are available to freshmen and
upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records
and evidence of need.

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship.
Donated by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh,
North Carolina, in memory of the parents of Mrs.
Singleton. One scholarship is available to a student
who may be a freshman, sophomore, or junior, and
whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist Associ-
ation of North Carolina with preference to Bertie
County students, on the basis of need and ability. If
no qualified applicant appears from the West Chowan

Scholarships

Association, then residents of the Roanoke Association
may be considered. The scholarship is renewable on
the basis of need and ability for all school years except
the senior year. Approximately $200 will be available
for 1961-1962.

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel
George Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants
must be residents of North Carolina or children of Wake
Forest alumni residing in other states. Preference will
be given to residents of Davidson County, North Caro-
lina. Only high school seniors are eligible to compete
and must request the necessary application forms before
December 1 of their senior year. The value of these
scholarships will range up to $1,200.

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upper classmen. Up-
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships.
However, they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest
College for at least one semester before they may apply
as upperclassmen. Applications must be on file with
the Scholarships Committee no later than May 1 of
each year for the following school year, and preference
will be given to applicants from Davidson County,
North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary
according to the student's need as determined from
the financial statement required to be submitted with his
application.

Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship. This scholarship, do-
nated by Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North
Carolina, in memory of her husband, is available to
those who qualify on "the basis of character, purpose,
intelligence, and need, with preference being given to
those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work,

Scholarships

become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference
being in the order named." Applicants must be legal
residents of the city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles
of that city and must be recommended by the deacons of
the First Baptist Church of Reidsville. For 1961-1962,
approximately $500 will be available.

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available
each year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of
the North Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the
amount of $150. The recipient must rank in the upper
one-fourth of the junior college graduating class.
Awarded only on the recommendation of the president
of the junior college.

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the
Interfraternity Council in memory of the late Thur-
man D. Kitchin, President of Wake Forest College
from 1930 to 1950, it is available to a male freshman
student presenting a high school record of superior
grade and evidence of need. The amount of $300 is
available for 1961-1962.

Roy A. Miller, HI, Scholarship. Donated by Dr. and
Mrs. Roy A. Miller of New Bern, North Carolina, in
memory of Roy A. Miller, III, the amount of $70 is
available each semester to a ministerial student selected
on the basis of merit and need.

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mr. Eustace Norfleet
of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his
parents, John A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, four scholar-
ships are available in the amount of $200 each to
"deserving and promising students desiring to attend
Wake Forest College and needing financial assistance."

Dorothea van Deusen Opdyke Fund. This fund is a

Scholarships

bequest left to the Southern Baptist Convention by
Mrs. Ida Reed Opdyke of Jamestown, New York, as
a memorial to her daughter, Dorothea van Deusen
Opdyke, and is to be used for the education of mountain
people. Awards are made by the Opdyke Scholarship
Committee of the Southern Baptist Convention upon
the recommendation of the College. Ordinarily, two
scholarships in the amount of SI 50 each are available
each school year.

Benjamin Wingate Par ham Scholarship. This fund was
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North
Carolina, in memory of her husband. One scholarship
shall be awarded in each school year on the basis of both
ability and need. It may be renewed for succeeding
years. The amount of $1,000 is available for 1961-1962.

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will
be awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist
junior colleges in North Carolina. Applicants must re-
quest the necessary application forms before December
15 of their sophomore year. The winners will be selected
from applicants who will be invited to the campus
in early spring for competitive tests and interviews.
Each scholarship will range up to $500 depending on
need as determined from a financial statement submitted
by each applicant with the application. It may be re-
newed for the senior year.

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship
Fund. Created under the will of the late Oliver D.
Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, this fund
makes available $100 per year to one person preparing
for the ministry or full-time religious work.

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in
memory of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants

Concessions

must be residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina,
who without financial aid would be unable to obtain
education beyond high school. Preference will be given
to men. Four scholarships of $500 each will be awarded
for the 1961-1962 school year.

The Saddye Stephenson Sykes Scholarship. Donated by
Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory
of their mother, Mrs. Saddye Stephenson Sykes, one
scholarship will be awarded each year on the basis of
Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial
need. Preference will be given to freshmen from the
State of North Carolina. It may be renewable each
year. Approximately $300 will be available for 1961-
1962.

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will
of the late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North
Carolina, this fund provides scholarships in amounts
of up to $1,200 per year. Preference will be given to
deserving students of Union County.

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the
will of Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her
husband, the late Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes
available one freshman scholarship each year ranging
from $200 to $600.

Concessions

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following con-
ditions: (1) Written recommendation or license to
preach authorized by the applicant's own church body
and (2) signature by the applicant of an agreement to
pay tuition, with interest, in the event that he does
not serve five years in the ministry within twelve years
from the last date of attendance at Wake Forest, subject
to cancellation in the event of death. Value, $300.00.

Loan Funds

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers
make their living chiefly by the ministry. The concession
may be granted for not more than four school years.
Value, $150.00.

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handi-
capped students who have (1) secured the necessary
letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of
Vocational Rehabilitation, Raleigh, and (2) filed ap-
plication for the concession on tuition. The general fee
is paid by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
Value, $300.00.

Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in
Wake Forest College for not more than four school
years or the equivalent. Becomes void if the husband
ceases to be enrolled. Value, $150.00.

Loan Funds

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in
1945 with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist
Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, for needy
students.

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T.
Council of Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of
senior students.

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was origi-
nated by the late James William Denmark of Dudley,
North Carolina, in 1875, and is available to qualified
students after at least one semester's work in the College.
Preference is given to students from North Carolina.
The amount available does not exceed $500 each year
and $1,500 during the entire period of enrollment.

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the

Loan Funds

will of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North
Carolina, in memory of her mother, to be used as a
loan fund for worthy students.

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated
in 1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain
anonymous and is limited to students from Duplin
County, North Carolina.

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the
Board of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial
to the late E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest
College.

Friendly Student Loan Fund. The fund was established
in 1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North
Carolina, in memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson
Michael, for the benefit of worthy students who need
financial aid. Not more than $100.00 is available to
any one student in the same school year.

Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and
Mrs. Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James
Grover Carroll, Associate Professor of Mathematics at
Wake Forest College, the sum of $1,000 is available, the
principal and interest of which may be loaned at 4%
interest to worthy students who would otherwise be
unable to completely finance a college education.

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under
the will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of
Lexington, North Carolina, with preference to be given
to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina.

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Estab-
lished in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of
Fayetteville, North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in

Loan Funds

memory of their son. The loan scholarship is available
for students enrolled in the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine of Wake Forest College who are preparing
to become medical missionaries.

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in
1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia,
in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed
upon by the donor and the college.

The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund,
created under the National Defense Education Act of
1958, makes available loans up to $1,000 per year for
students in need of financial assistance. The law further
provides that special consideration in the selection of
loan recipients be given to students with a superior aca-
demic background who express a desire to teach in ele-
mentary or secondary schools, and whose academic
background indicates a superior capacity or preparation
in science, mathematics, engineering, or a modern
foreign language.

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr.
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the
benefit of worthy young people attending the School of
Religion who need financial assistance.

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr.
Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944
as a memorial to his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade
Powers, and is for the benefit of needy students, with
preference given to orphans.

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945
by Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in
memory of his parents. Preference is given to applicants
from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro.

Ministerial Aid Fund

James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by
the late J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina,
and is available for ministerial students who have been
licensed to preach.

Ministerial Aid Fund

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897
through a bequest from the estate of the late J. A.
Melke and has been added to from time to time.

Funds are available to ministerial students on either
a loan or a grant basis. Written application must be
made to the Committee on Scholarships and Student
Aid on form obtainable from that committee. Awards
are made on the basis of merit and need, and particularly
in the case of grants, academic achievement. Five annual
grants in the amount of $200 each are regularly avail-
able, in addition to such others as the Committee
may award.

ACTIVITIES

Student Government

The two chief agencies of student government are
the Student Legislature and the Student Honor Council.

The Student Legislature is composed of twenty-five
representatives of the four classes, the vice-president of
the student body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of
the Student Legislature to perform all acts necessary
in the exercise of its powers as the legislative branch of
student government. The Legislature also sets up stu-
dent committees to work parallel with faculty committees
on matters concerning students.

The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of
the Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from
the senior, junior, and sophomore classes.

The Honor System

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of
Wake Forest College that its students shall be domi-
nated by ideals of honor and integrity. The Honor
System is an integral part of the Student Government of
the College as adopted by the students and approved
by the Administration. The essence of the Honor Sys-
tem is that each student's word can be trusted implicitly
and that any violation of a student's word is an offense
against the whole student community. The Honor Sys-
tem binds the student in such matters as the following:
He must neither give nor receive aid upon any exami-
nation, quiz or other pledge work; he must have com-
plete respect for the property rights of others; he must
not give false testimony or pass a worthless check know-
ing it to be such; he must report to the Student Council
any violation of the Honor System that comes under
his observation.

100

Literary Societies

A student accused of violating the Honor System will
be given a hearing before the Student Council. If he is
found guilty of cheating, he may be suspended from the
College. Such student shall be re-admitted to the College
only on the approval of the Faculty or its Executive
Committee, and during the period of suspension his
record shall not be subject to transfer to another college
without a notation of his suspension. The penalty for
stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly passing a
worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for
failing to report to the Student Council all violations of
the Honor System which may come to a student's
knowledge shall be in the discretion of the Student
Council.

Students in enforcing the Honor System are protect-
ing the integrity of their student community and their
own individual rights and reputation. They thereby
enjoy the confidence of one another, the Faculty, the
Administration and the public.

Literary Societies

There are two literary societies — the Philomathesian
and the Euzelian. These literary societies are regarded
as important aids in the work of education, especially
in giving training in parliamentary procedure, in culti-
vating and directing the taste for reading, and in the
formation of correct habits of public speaking.

Several medals are offered by the literary societies:
in the Philomathesian Society — senior orator's medal,
junior orator's medal, sophomore debater's medal, and
freshman improvement medal; in the Euzelian Society
— -Julius C. Smith senior orator's medal, junior orator's
medal, sophomore debater's medal, freshman debater's
medal, and freshman improvement medal.

101

Debate Tournaments

Society Day, an annual celebration of the literary
societies, occurs in the autumn of each year, with a de-
bate, orations, and other features.

Representatives of the literary societies participate
in the Founder's Day programs on or near February
3 every year.

Senior Orations

On the second Monday in April the faculty selects
four members of the senior class as speakers for com-
mencement day. The nominations are made by a com-
mittee of the faculty from those who have spoken
either before the committee or on some public occasion
in college. The speakers selected are required to pre-
sent their commencement addresses, limited to one
thousand words, to the committee for approval before
May 16.

Forensic Activities

Wake Forest has always stressed participation in
debating and allied speech activities, and the College
holds membership in a number of state and national
speech organizations, including Pi Kappa Delta, na-
tional honorary forensic fraternity. Representatives
of the College engage in state, regional, and national
tournaments, and take part in debates, oratorical con-
tests, and many other forms of competitive speaking.

All undergraduate students in good standing are
eligible to participate in forensics and to represent the
College in intercollegiate competition.

Debate and Speech Tournaments
A. North Carolina High School Speech Festival

In the spring of each year, the College sponsors a
speech festival, to which are invited the high schools

102

College Theater

of North Carolina. Trophies, medals, and certificates
are given to the winning schools, and awards are
made to individuals in debate, oral interpretation,
radio announcing, extemporaneous speaking, ora-
tory, after-dinner speaking and drama.

B. Novice Tournament

In the fall of each year the College sponsors a
debate tournament to which are invited novice de-
baters from the colleges and universities of the
Southeastern United States. Awards are given to the
winning schools at the end of the tournament. The
tournament is open to college students who have
never previously participated in intercollegiate de-
bating.

C. Intercollegiate Tournament

During the school year, the College sponsors a
national debate tournament to which are invited
colleges and universities which excel in debate.
Trophies are given to the winning schools.

Speech Institute
High school students are invited to participate in the
Summer Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks
during the regular summer session, and which is open
to students from all states. Specialized training in debate
and public speaking is offered, and students are given
an opportunity to debate the National Forensic League
query in advance of the regular debate season . .

College Theater

The Wake Forest College Theater presents five major
productions annually. One of these productions is
presented during the Magnolia Festival. Any student

103

Medals

enrolled in the College is eligible to try out for the casts
or to become affiliated with the production staffs.

College Radio Station

The college radio station presents approximately
thirty hours of programs every week during the school
year. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures,
discussions, interviews, and dramas. The station pro-
vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of
radio production while actually participating as an-
nouncers, interviewers, directors, newscasters, sports-
casters, actors, and writers.

Medals

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the
senior making the best address on commencement day.

The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by
Dean S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to
the senior who has obtained the highest average grade
on the courses taken by him in the School of Business
Administration.

The J. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the
best oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern
Life.

Medals offered by the Literary Societies are listed
on page 101.

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in
Biology who writes the best paper on a subject selected
by the National Biology Society. Given by the Carolina
Biological Supply Company of Elon College, N. C.

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in

104

Medals

Biology who does the best piece of original research
during the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of
Beta Beta Beta of Wake Forest College.

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology
1-2 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans
to major in the department. Given by the Will Cor-
poration of Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta.

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the
graduating senior in the School of Business Administra-
tion who has earned the highest average during the
seven semesters prior to the semester in which graduation
occurs.

The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded an-
nually during the graduation exercises to the graduating
senior in the School of Business Administration who has
the highest average for the first three years.

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each
year during commencement to the graduating ac-
counting major who has reached the highest achieve-
ment in accounting studies.

The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account-
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding
senior accounting major.

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's sub-
scription to the Journal are received each year by the
graduating senior who has been most outstanding in
finance courses.

Delta Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award is
presented annually during the graduation exercises to
the most outstanding senior business woman who is

105

Honor Societies

seeking a B.B.A. degree or a B.A. degree in Economics
or Commercial Education.

Medals and awards offered by the Department of
Military Science and Tactics are listed on pages 166-68.

Fraternities

The following social fraternities have been established :
Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha,
Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha,
Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi.

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision
of the Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the gov-
erning body of the social fraternities. The Council en-
deavors to maintain a high standard of conduct and
scholarship. The Council offers a cup to the fraternity
whose members make the highest class grades. By
order of the faculty, students who are on probation for
any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity
until the end of their probationary period.

The following professional fraternities have been
established: Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma
Pi (business), Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi
(law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical education). There
is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service
fraternity.

Honor Societies

The following honor societies have been established:
Alpha Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta
(biology), Delta Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi
Alpha (German), Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Gamma
Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathe-
matics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta

106

Publications

(history), Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi
Gamma Mu (social science), Pi Kappa Delta (forensic),
Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (military),
Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Tassels.
There is also a Wake Forest College Student Section of
the American Institute of Physics.

Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the
College of William and Mary in 1776 and having
chapters in many American colleges and universities,
each year invites to membership a limited number of
students who have displayed personal qualities of high
character and who particularly have distinguished them-
selves in fields of liberal scholarship.

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor
society which has as its purpose the recognition and
encouragement "of intelligent, democratic leadership
among college men," elects semiannually on the basis
of character and eminence in one or more of the following
five phases of campus life: "scholarship; athletics; student
government, social and religious activities; publications;
and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural
activities."

Tassels is a local honor society for women, with
standards and purposes similar to those of Omicron
Delta Kappa. Its membership is made up of women
students who have shown qualities of scholarship,
character, and leadership in some phase of college life.

Publications

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a
weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the College annual,
are published by the students.

107

Recreational Activities

Religious Activities

The religious activities of the campus are under
the general direction of the College Chaplain. Affiliated
with his office is the Baptist Student Union, which
promotes Sunday school classes, training union groups,
a ministerial conference, student forums, vesper serv-
ices, socials, and other student activities. Other denomi-
national groups associated with the Chaplain's office
are the Canterbury Club, Westminster Fellowship,
Wesleyan Foundation, and the Lutheran League.

In conformity with a tradition dating back to the
second year of the College's life, there is a Baptist
Church on the campus which meets in regular services
Sunday morning, Sunday evening, and at appointed
times during the week.

Chapel services are held at 10:00 on Tuesday and
Thursday, attendance being required of all students.

Recreational Activities

Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in
maintaining the well-being of students, the College
provides extensive athletic and recreational facilities and
a faculty of trained supervisors to direct activities in
these fields. Each student is given the opportunity to
develop his individual interest and skill in physical edu-
cation and recreational classes. In addition to these
classes, the Department of Physical Education under-
takes a broad intramural sports program consisting of
tournaments and organized club activities.

In order to provide for a recreational program for
all students, the College maintains athletic fields, tennis
courts, and a combination athletic, physical education
and recreation building which includes a swimming

108

Intercollegiate Athletics

pool, handball and squash racquet courts, rhythm studio,
arts and crafts room, recreational area, corrective rooms,
a gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate
gymnasiums including a women's gym, a varsity basket-
ball gym, and two men's intramural gyms.

The Student Union

The Student Union at Wake Forest College is a union
of all the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase
and develop social, recreational, and educational ac-
tivities available to Wake Forest College students, both
on and off campus.

Part of the resolution voted on and approved by the
student body of Wake Forest in the spring of 1957 is as
follows: "... realizing that such a program would re-
quire a student fee, we approve a student activity fee
that will not exceed $1.50 per student each semester."

The program of the Student Union can best be pre-
sented by listing its seven committees: (1) Lecture Com-
mittee, (2) Recreation Committee, (3) Small Socials
Committee, (4) Major Functions Committee, (5) Pub-
licity Committee, (6) Movies Committee, (7) Travel
Committee.

Intercollegiate Athletics

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of
intercollegiate athletic activities.

The College is a member of the National Collegiate
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference.
Rules and Regulations of the N.C.A.A. and of the
Conference apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligi-
bility of players.

In order to become a member or a subordinate mem-

109

Automobiles

ber of any athletic team, the student must conform
to the following requirements:

1. He must be a bona fide student.

2. In order to represent the College in any inter-
collegiate activity, the student must have completed
without condition the minimum of twenty-four hours
within the past year of residence work, including at
least twelve hours with grades of "C" or better as
recorded at the close of his last term.

The eligibility of all candidates accompanying the
team as representatives of the College in intercollegiate
contests must be certified to the Director of Athletics
by the Dean of the College.

Any student may be declared ineligible at any time
by the faculty or by its Executive Committee because
of poor work or improper spirit.

An athletic team may not be absent from the Col-
lege for a total of more than ten weekdays during any
term. Freshman teams are allowed only five absences
in any one term.

No student is allowed to represent the College on
more than one intercollegiate team or club in any
semester without special permission from the faculty
or from its Executive Committee.

Automobiles

No woman student except a senior in good standing
is allowed to have an automobile without receiving the
permission of the Executive Committee of the faculty.
Seniors who have cars must make arrangements for
them with the Dean of Women.

During his first semester in college a freshman male
student living in a dormitory is not allowed to have an

110

Automobiles

automobile. If he makes a G average during this first
semester, he is allowed to have an automobile during
the second semester. After his first two semesters, a
student automatically loses the privilege of having
an automobile at any time that he is placed on pro-
bation. Exceptions to these regulations may be made
only by written permission from the Dean's office.

Ill

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor
of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master
of Arts, Bachelor of Laws; and Doctor of Medicine,
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman
Gray School of Medicine.

The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and
the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the
following exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of
Arts a student must complete a foreign language through
courses numbered 21, 22, making a total of from 6 to 18
hours of languages*; (2) for the degree of Bachelor of
Science a student must either complete a foreign lan-
guage through courses numbered 21, 22, or take eight
hours in a second natural science or six additional
hours in mathematics.

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only
upon those students who (1) complete a major in Biology,
Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics,
or Education with State teachers' certification in Mathe-
matics or Science; (2) complete the degree requirements
in Medical Technology or Nursing; or (3) complete the
requirements for the combined degree in Medical
Sciences, Dentistry, Engineering, or Forestry.

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those
students who (1) complete a major in other departments
in the College of Liberal Arts; (2) complete a major in
Economics or Commercial Education in the School of
Business Administration; or (3) complete the require-
ments for the combined degree in Law.

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself

• The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 21, 22,
eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six
hours in the principles of economics.

112

Academic Requirements

with the requirements for graduation, and for meeting
the requirements as stated.

A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest
College with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
of Science may not thereafter receive the other of these
two degrees.

Academic Requirements

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science the student must complete (1) the basic course
requirements, (2) a course of study approved by his
major department, and (3) elective courses to make a
total of 128 credit hours. A student applying for the
combined degree must complete three-fourths of the
128 hours, plus the major in the school in which he is
enrolled during the senior year.

The minimum requirement for a degree is the comple-
tion of 64 hours in Wake Forest College, including the
work of the senior year. Furthermore, the quality point
requirement as explained in the next paragraph must
be fully met. The prescribed courses are specified chiefly
for the lower division, or the first two years; in the upper
division the student devotes his time chiefly to advanced
work in a major subject, related courses, and electives.

At least 128 quality points must be presented for
graduation, and the number of quality points must be
at least equal to the number of semester hours attempted.

A student who transfers from another institution must
earn in Wake Forest College at least as many quality
points as semester hours attempted in Wake Forest
College, and must present as many total quality points
as total hours attempted in all colleges. One who has
previously attended two or more colleges must earn in
Wake Forest College additional quality points equivalent

113

Basic Course Requirements

to the number of hours of D grade earned in other col-
leges attended.

For each hour of credit earned in any course, the
grade A gives three quality points; B, two quality points;
C, one quality point.

A student has the privilege of graduating under the
provisions of the catalog under which he enters provided
that he completes his course within six years; after the
interval of six years he is expected to conform to the
requirements specified for the class with which he is
graduated.

Basic Course Requirements

All students in Wake Forest College are enrolled in
the College of Liberal Arts during their freshman and
sophomore years. A student is not admitted as a candi-
date for a degree in any college or school except the
College of Liberal Arts until the end of his sophomore
year and the completion of the entrance requirements
of the college or school to which application is made.

All students enrolled in the College must take certain
required basic courses. These requirements apply
uniformly to all undergraduate degrees and all com-
bined degrees, except as otherwise noted.

These basic course requirements are as follows:

English 1, 2, 3, 4 (12 hours)
Language:

to 12 hours, depending on the number of high school lan-
guage units submitted by the student.

French 1, 2, 3, 4

German 1, 2, 3, 4

Greek 1, 2

Latin 1, 2, 3, 4

Spanish 1, 2, 3, 4

(In determining the level of language study which a beginning
student should enter, one unit of high school language is
considered the equivalent of a one semester course of college

114

Basic Course Requirements

language. Thus, a student continuing in college a language
begun in high school would normally enter: course 2, if he
has had one high school unit; course 3, if he has had two high
school units; course 4, if he has had three high school units;
and course 21, if he has had four high school units.

(A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equiva-
lent of any modern foreign language taken in high school re-
ceives no college credit for the course repeated.

(An entering student who offers high school units in a classical
language and who wishes to continue this language in college
will be given a placement test, the results of which will be
used by the department to determine his placement for credit
in college.

(Since an entering student is expected to present two high
school units in foreign language, he is required to take one
college year of foreign language without credit if he fails to
present those high school units.

(An entering student who offers two high school units in one
foreign language may commence a second foreign language
with credit.

(An entering student who offers four high school units in one
foreign language has completed the language requirement
except for the B.A. degree.

(A student applying for the degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration may complete the language requirement be-
yond 1, 2, by either Language 3, 4, or Speech 59 and Mathe-
matics 24.

(A student who plans graduate study or medical study should
consult his adviser about additional foreign language study
in his undergraduate program.)
Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7,

22, 25, 26, 31, 33, 35
Philosophy 22 (3 hours)
History 1 , 2 (6 hours)
Social Science, one of the following three:
* Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours)
** Political Science 11, 12 (6 hours)

Sociology 1 1 (3 hours) and 3 hours selected from any other
course numbered in the 20's and 30's, except course 34.

• Except for students taking B.B.A.

•• 3 hours from courses 13, 14, 25, 27, or 34 may be offered in lieu of course 12, on ap-
proval of the Department of Political Science.

115

Basic Course Requirements

Natural Science, one of the following three:

Biology 1, 2 (8 hours)

Chemistry 1, 2 (8 hours)

Physics 1, 2 (8 hours)
Mathematics 2 or 5 (3 hours)

(A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring ad-
ditional mathematics should continue mathematics through
the freshman year.)
Physical Education (2 hours)
One of the following, as determined by the requirements for the

specific degrees:

Language 21, 22 (6 hours)

A second natural science from among those listed above (8 hours)

Additional mathematics (6 hours)

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours)

(The candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts must meet this
requirement by Language 21, 22. The candidate for the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science may select the language or the
science or the mathematics, as recommended by his major
adviser. The candidate for the combined degree in Law may
select any of the listed alternatives. The candidate for the
degree of Bachelor of Business Administration must meet the
requirement by Business Administration 213, 214.)

The basic course requirements are to be completed,
where possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some
students will find it necessary to postpone some of the
basic courses until the junior year in order to make
room for certain courses necessary to the work in the
major field; but a minimum of twelve hours from among
the basic courses must appear on every student's pro-
gram each semester until these courses are completed,
except that after the freshman year a minimum of nine
hours each semester may be considered sufficient if
other courses necessary to work in the major field must
be taken.

No student, except by a specific vote of the College
faculty in regular session, may set aside, or substitute
another course or other courses for, any of the basic
course requirements.

116

Upper Division

For further details about course requirements for the
degree of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult
the section of the catalog dealing with the School of
Business Administration.

Admission to the Upper Division

The work in the lower division, as specified in the
preceding pages of this section, is intended to give the
student an introduction to the various fields of knowledge
and to lay the foundation for concentration in a major
subject and related fields during the junior and senior
years.

Before applying for admission to the upper division
and beginning work on his major subject, a student
should have 64 credit hours and 64 quality points in the
lower division. In no case will a student be admitted to
the upper division with fewer than 54 hours of credit
and 54 quality points.

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at
the beginning of the junior year are required to pass a
proficiency test in the use of the English language.

Course of Study for the Upper Division

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year
each student is required to indicate to the Registrar and
to the department or school concerned his selection of a
major subject in which he wishes to concentrate during
his junior and senior years. Before this selection is
formally approved by the Registrar, however, the
student must present to him a written statement from
the authorized representative of the department or
school in which he wishes to major that he has received
the permission of that department or school. The student

117

Majors

will also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from
the department or school to assist him in planning his
work for the junior and senior years.

A department which rejects a student as a major will
file with the Dean of the College a written statement
including the reason (s) for the rejection.

After the beginning of the junior year a student may
not change from one major to another without the ap-
proval of the departments concerned.

The student's course of study for the junior and senior
years includes the minimum requirements for the de-
partmental major (see the table below), together with
such other courses as he shall select and his adviser shall
approve — the latter courses to be sufficiently related to
the student's major to justify their inclusion in his pro-
gram. This course of study must include a minimum of
42 hours in the student's field of concentration (that is,
his major and related courses) beyond the basic course
requirements as outlined on pages 114-16.

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to
elect twelve additional hours in religion beyond the
six hours included in the basic course requirements.

The following list indicates the number of hours re-
quired in the departmental majors:

Department Major

Biology 32

Chemistry 39

Economics 30

Education 18

English 30

French 30

German 30

Greek 30

History 30

Latin 30

Mathematics 33

118

Law

Music 36

Philosophy 24

Physical Education 35

Physics 33

Political Science 30

Psychology 30

Religion 30

Religious Education 30

Sociology 30

Spanish 30

Speech 30

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake
Forest College.

Beyond the basic course requirements and the ap-
proved course of study in his field of concentration, the
student will elect other courses up to a minimum of 128
hours.

Not more than 40 hours of the 1 28 hours required for
graduation may be taken in a single field of study. For
the purposes of this regulation, the following fields of
study are recognized: Biology, Chemistry, Economics,
Education, English, French, German, Greek, History,
Latin, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Edu-
cation, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion,
Sociology, Spanish, Speech.

Bachelor of Business Administration

For the requirements for this degree and the suggested
course sequences, see page 219.

Degrees in the School of Law

A combined course makes it possible for a student in
Wake Forest College to receive the two degrees of
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws in six academic
years or their equivalent instead of seven years which
are required if the two curricula are pursued independ-

119

Law

ently. The first three years of the combined course are
in the College of Liberal Arts and the last three are in
the School of Law.

Under this plan the student must first complete three
years (96 semester hours) of academic work as follows:

English 1, 2, 3, 4 (12 hours)

Language 1, 2, 3, 4 (0-12 hours) [see page 114]

Religion (6 hours) [see page 1 1 5]

History 1, 2 (6 hours)

Mathematics 2 or 5 (3 hours)

Science, one of the following:

Biology 1, 2 (8 hours)

Chemistry 1, 2 (8 hours)

Physics 1, 2 (8 hours)
Philosophy 22 (3 hours)
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology

(6 hours) [see page 1 1 5]
Physical Education (2 hours)
One of the following:

Language 21, 22 (6 hours)

A second natural science (8 hours)

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours)

Additional mathematics (6 hours)
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)

The requirement of a major subject for the academic
degree is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester
hours) of Law. The details of the plan are as follows:

On the completion of 96 semester hours of academic
work in the College of Liberal Arts, as above specified,
with a minimum average grade of C (or one quality
point for each semester hour undertaken), the student
may be admitted to the School of Law. (Non-theory
courses in military science, hygiene, domestic arts, physi-
cal education, vocal or instrumental music, practice
teaching, teaching methods and techniques and similar
courses are not acceptable under the above rule. "Re-
quired" non-theory work is acceptable up to ten per

120

Medical Sciences

cent of the total credit offered for admission.) Upon
satisfactory completion of the first full year (29 semester
hours) of Law, with a cumulative weighted average
sufficient for him to remain in the School of Law, the
student will be awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree.

The Bachelor of Laws degree will be awarded the
student upon the completion of two additional years in
the School of Law and upon fulfillment of the require-
ments for that degree as described on page 241.

At least one year of the required academic work must
be taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers
from another institution at the end of his first or second
year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on
all academic work undertaken during his residence at
Wake Forest College. In addition, students pursuing
the combined course plan must take the Law School
Admission Test and satisfy all requirements specified
for other applicants for admission to the Law School.

Degrees in Medical Sciences

A limited number of students, by taking advantage
of the special arrangement explained here, may receive
the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences.

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements
for the degree by completing three years of work in the
College of Liberal Arts with a minimum average grade
of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first full year
of Medicine (at least 30 semester hours) as outlined by
the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine,
with a record entitiing him to promotion to the Second
Year Class. At least one year (32 semester hours) of
the required academic work must be completed in
Wake Forest College.

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medi-

121

Medical Technology

cal Sciences must complete the following courses in the

College of Liberal Arts before entering the School of

Medicine for their fourth year of work:*

Biology 1, 2 (8 hours)

Biology 21 (4 hours)

Biology 25 (4 hours)

Chemistry 1, 12 (8 hours)

Chemistry 20 (4 hours)

Chemistry 21 (4 hours)

English 1, 2, 3, 4 (12 hours)

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Spanish,

through 3-4; or Greek 1-2. See page 114.
Mathematics 5-6 (6 hours)
Physics 1, 2 (8 hours)
Philosophy 22 (3 hours)
Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 22,

25, 26, 31, 33, 35
History 1, 2 (6 hours)
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology

(6 hours). See page 115.
Physical Education (2 hours)
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects
does not necessarily admit any student to the School
of Medicine. About fifty are chosen from a large num-
ber of applicants. All other factors being equal, ap-
plicants who have done all their college work in Wake
Forest College are given preference.

Degree in Medical Technology
Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree in Medical Technology by completion of the aca-
demic requirements outlined below with a minimum
average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of
the full course in Medical Technology in the Bowman
Gray School of Medicine with a minimum weighted
average of 80. At least one year (32 semester hours) of

* See pp. 245-46 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine
for further information.

122

Nursing

the required academic work must be completed in Wake
Forest College. Candidates for the degree must com-
plete the following three-year course before beginning
study in the School of Medicine:*

Biology 1, 2 (8 hours)

Biology 22 (4 hours)

Biology 31 (4 hours)

Biology 33 (2 hours)

Biology 35 (4 hours)

Chemistry 1, 12 (8 hours)

Chemistry 20 (4 hours)

Chemistry 21 or 24 (4 hours)

English 1, 2, 3, 4 (12 hours)

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Spanish

through 3-4; or Greek 1-2. See page 114.
Mathematics 5-6 (6 hours)
Physics 1, 2 (8 hours)
Philosophy 22 (3 hours)
Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7,

22, 25, 26, 31, 33, 35
History 1, 2 (6 hours)
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology

(6 hours). See page 115.
Physical Education (2 hours)
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)

Degree in Nursing
Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science
degree in Nursing by meeting the academic require-
ments outlined below and completing the work lead-
ing to a Diploma in Nursing from an approved hospital
or school of nursing. The usual qualitative require-
ments must be met for this degree. At least two years
(64 semester hours) of the required academic work
must be completed in Wake Forest College. If the can-
didate is to attend North Carolina Baptist Hospital,
the required residence in the College may be reduced

• For admission information, see the special bulletin of Bowman Gray School of
Medicine.

123

Dentistry

to one year. Candidates for the degree must complete
the following three-year course before entering the
School of Nursing:

Biology 1 , 2 (8 hours)

Biology 25 (4 hours)

Biology 33 (2 hours)

Chemistry 1, 12 (8 hours)

Chemistry 21 or 24 (4 hours)

English 1, 2, 3, 4 (12 hours)

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Spanish

through 3-4; or Greek 1-2. See page 1 14.
Mathematics 2 or 5 (3 hours)
Philosophy 22 (3 hours)
Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7,

22, 25, 26, 31, 33, 35
History 1, 2 (6 hours)
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology

(6 hours). See page 115.
Physical Education (2 hours)
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)
(Suggested electives: English, Psychology, Social Sciences)

Degree With Major in Dentistry
A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S.
degree with a major in Dentistry by completing three
years of work in the College of Liberal Arts with a
minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily
completing the first two years of work in one of certain
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest
College, with a record entitling him to advancement to
the Third Year Class.

For this degree the requirements in the College of
Liberal Arts are the same as outlined above for the B.S.
degree with a major in Medical Sciences.

124

Engineering

Degrees in Engineering
The 3-2 Engineering Program

Wake Forest College now cooperates with Duke
University and North Carolina State College in offering
a broad course of study in the arts and sciences com-
bined with specialized training in engineering.

This program, for outstanding students, covers five
years of study including three initial years on the
campus of Wake Forest College and two full years of
technical training at one of the schools of engineering.
Depending upon the school and field of engineering
chosen, it may be necessary for a student to take an
additional summer's work in engineering.

Upon successful completion of the five years of study
the student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science
from Wake Forest College and the degree of Bachelor
of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields
from the engineering school of his choice.

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest
College and the second from an engineering college,
the graduate will be well suited for positions of higher
responsibility where public relations and technical
knowledge are combined. This combination plan is
recognized by nationally known educators as a wise
program in allowing the student a broad background
in the liberal arts in addition to the specialized and
technical training involved in the engineering degree.

The curriculum for the first three years must include
all the basic course requirements for the Bachelor of
Science degree, as outlined on pages 114-16 of this
catalog. A suggested program follows:

125

Engineering

Freshman Year Hours

English 1-2 3 3

Chemistry 1-12 4 4

Mathematics 5-6 3 3

Foreign Language 3-4 3 3

Religion 3 3

Physical Education 1-2 1 1

17 17
ROTC if elected 1 1

18 18

Sophomore Year Hours

English 3-4 3 3

History 1-2 3 3

Physics 1-2 4 4

Mathematics 1 1 or Elective 3

Humanities Elective 3

Mathematics 12-13 3 3

16 16

ROTC if elected 2 2

18 18
Junior Year

Mathematics 16, 54 2 2

Physics 11, 26 3 3

Mathematics 31-38 3 3

Philosophy 22 3

Humanities Elective 3

Science Elective 4 4

Business Administration 3, 4 or Political Science

11-12, or Sociology 3 3

18 18

This is a rigorous curriculum and demands students
with an aptitude for science and mathematics. The
electives will be chosen in consultation with the engi-
neering adviser in the Department of Physics.

126

Forestry

See page 164 for procedure involved in transferring
ROTC credits to Duke University or N. C. State
College.

Degrees in Forestry

Wake Forest College now cooperates with Duke Uni-
versity in an academic forestry training program. A
student in this program devotes three years to study in
the arts and sciences at Wake Forest College. (At least
two years (64 semester hours) must be completed in
Wake Forest College.) He spends the summer between
his junior and senior years and the two following years
in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the
successful completion of this five-year course of study
he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake
Forest College and the degree of Master of Forestry
from the Duke School of Forestry.

A student who wishes to qualify for this program
must make formal application for admission to the Duke
School of Forestry not later than the end of the first
semester of his third year in college. To qualify for ad-
mission he must have followed a planned course of
study as outlined below, must have the official recom-
mendation of Wake Forest College, and must have an
over-all quality point ratio of at least 1.5.

Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete
the following three-year course before beginning study
in the Duke School of Forestry:

Biology 1, 2 (8 hours)
Biology 23, 24 (8 hours)
Business Administration 3, 4 (6 hours)
Chemistry 1, 12 (8 hours)
English 1, 2, 3, 4 (12 hours)

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Spanish,
through 3-4; or Greek 1-2. See page 114.

127

Forestry

Mathematics 5 (3 hours) and three additional hours as recom-
mended by the Department of Mathematics

Physics 1, 2 (8 hours)

Philosophy 22 ( 3 hours)

Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 22,
25, 26, 31, 33, 35

History 1, 2, (6 hours)

Physical Education (2 hours)

Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics,
Speech)

Students in this program will be advised in the De-
partment of Biology.

See page 164 for procedure involved in transferring
ROTC credits to Duke University.

128

COURSES IN LIBERAL ARTS

Divisions

The courses announced in the following pages fall
into two main divisions: lower division courses, num-
bered from 1 to 19, primarily for freshmen and sopho-
mores; upper division courses, numbered 20 and above,
primarily for juniors and seniors.

Before admission to the upper division, a student
must have credit for at least 54 hours in the lower di-
vision, with a minimum of 54 quality points.

Credit Hours Defined

All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half
of an academic year of nine months. In the depart-
ments which follow, in alphabetical order, the credit
hours for each course are the same as the number of
class periods per week unless otherwise specified.

Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring
terms, the credit for any course is the same, generally
three hours based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent
in laboratory work.

Explanation of the Schedule

In this number of the Bulletin of Wake Forest
College the schedule of classes is announced for the
fall and spring terms only; the schedule of classes for the
summer term is given in the special bulletin. The num-
bers following the days of the week indicate the periods
during which the classes are offered.

Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in
the fall term; courses with even numbers, in the spring
term. However, introductory or basic courses in many
departments will be offered every term so that students

129

Biology

may arrange their work in regular sequence, accord-
ing to the time of entrance. Accordingly, revised sched-
ules will be prepared each term, supplementing the
schedule given here.

Biology
Professors Cocke, Bradbury
Associate Professors Allen, Britt
Assistant Professors Davis, Johnston, McDon-
ald, Wyatt
A major in biology consists of 32 credit hours which
must include Biology 1 and 2, 8 hours of botany to be
selected from Biology 23, 24, 27, 28, 31, 8 hours of
zoology and Biology 40.

Required related courses for the major are: one year
of physics, one year of general chemistry and one course
in organic chemistry. The physics requirement may be
waived in the case of biology majors who meet the re-
quirements for a Grade A teaching certificate.

1,2. General Biology

An introductory course, in which the fundamental facts of the
structure and activity of plants and animals are stressed. The labora-
tory work will provide examples of important biological principles
and organisms. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Biology 1,
prerequisite to Biology 2.

Credit, 4 hours per semester, both semesters

3. Anatomy and Physiology

Lectures and reading in human anatomy and physiology. Not open
to students who have completed a course in comparative anatomy.
Three hours lecture.

M W F 1 Credit, 3 hours. Fall semester

4. Hygiene

Lectures and reading in hygiene, personal and community, together
with a study of infectious diseases. Two hours lecture.

T T 6 Credit, 2 hours. Spring semester

130

Biology

20. Vertebrate Natural History

A detailed study of the natural history, distribution, identification,
classification, and adaptions of the major vertebrate animals. Collect-
ing and preserving techniques in the field will be stressed. Prereq-
uisites, Biology 1, 2. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory.

M W 6, M W 7-8 Credit, 4 hours. Fall semester

21. Comparative Anatomy

A comparative study of the anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection
of type forms in the laboratory. Prerequiste, Biology 1, 2. Two hours
lecture, four hours laboratory.

M W 1, T T 1-2; M W 1, T T 7-8 Credit, 4 hours. Fall semester

22. Animal Parasitology

A study of animal parasites and diseases caused by them. In the
laboratory a study in detail of types of parasites. Prerequisite, Biology
1, 2. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory.

M W 2, T T 1-2 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

23. Survey of the non-vascular plants

Representative species of non-vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses
and others) will be examined with emphasis on morphology and phy-
logeny. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite
Biology 1, 2.

M W 2, T T 1-2 Credit, 4 hours. Fall semester

24. Survey of the vascular plants

A comparative survey of the vascular plants with emphasis on the
structure, reproduction, and classification of selected types to portray
the evolutionary development of the group. Two hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Prerequisites, Biology 1. 2.

T T 4, M W 3-4 Credit, 4 hours. Fall semester

25. Embryology

A study of vertebrate embryological development. Prerequisite,
Biology 1,2. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory.

TT4,MW 3-4; T T 4, M W 6-7 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

26. Histology

A study of the microscopic anatomy of animals, particularly a mam-

131

Biology

malian form. Prerequisite, Biology 1, 2. Two hours lecture, four hours
laboratory.

M W 6, M W 7-8 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

27. Taxonomy of the seed plants

A study of the classification of seed plants with emphasis on a com-
parative study of orders and families. Collection, identification and
preparation of herbarium specimens will be stressed. Prerequisite,
Biology 1 , 2. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory.

T T 6, T T 7-8 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

28. Plant physiology

Fundamental physical and chemical phenomena associated with
higher plants will be explored in detail. Prerequisite, Biology 1, 2.,
and general chemistry. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
M W 2, T T 1-2 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

3 1 . Bacteriology

Culture methods, water analysis, milk analysis, general identification
and classification of non-pathogenic forms of bacteria will be em-
phasized. Prerequisite, Biology 1, 2. Two hours lecture, four hours
laboratory.

T T 4, M W 3-4; T T 4, M W 6-7 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

33. Histological Technique

A course in the preparation of slides of animal and plant tissues
designated to introduce the students to histological and cytological
methods. Prerequisite, Biology 1. 2. Four hours laboratory.

T T 7-8 Credit, 2 hours. Fall semester

35. Genetics

A study of the principles of inheritance and their applications as

related to various animals and plants including the human being.

Prerequisite, Biology 1, 2. Three hours lecture, two hour laboratory.

M W F 6, F 7-8 Credit, 4 hours. Fall semester

36. General Physiology

Fundamental physiological processes in living systems. Comparative
study of physiological systems in different organisms approached
through a study of cells and tissues. Prerequisite, two years of biology,
one year of chemistry. Organic chemistry recommended. Two hours
lecture, four hours laboratory.

T T 4, M W 3-4 Credit, 4 hours. Fall semester

132

Biology

37. Invertebrate ^oology

A detailed study of invertebrate animals, exclusive of insects, from
the standpoint of their morphology, physiology and phylogenetic
relationships. Some taxonomy may be included. Prerequisite, Bi-
ology 1,2. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory.

M W 1, T T 1-2 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

38. Entomology

A study of insects as to their structure, development and relationship,
including a study of injurious insects, their destructiveness and the
control of them. Prerequisite, Biology 1, 2. Two hours lecture, four
hours laboratory.

M W 6, M W 7-8 Credit, 4 hours. Spring semester

39. History of Biological Sciences

A survey of the historical background and development of the biologi-
cal sciences together with a biographical study of the outstanding bi-
ologists and medical doctors. Prerequisite, Biology 1, 2. Three hours
lecture.

M W F 3 Credit, 3 hours. Spring semester

40. Historical Geology

A brief survey of structural geology as a preparation for a study of
fossilized plants and animals. The study of fossils, their nature, re-
lationships and the causes of extinction of certain plants and animals,
together with a consideration of theories will be stressed. Prerequisite,
Biology 1, 2. Required of all Biology Majors. Three hours lecture.
M W F 2 Credit, 3 hours. Fall semester

43. Education 43. Teaching of Science

T T S 5 Credit, 3 hours. Fall semester

62. Seminar

A course designed to acquaint the student with current scientific
literature. The gathering of material and the preparation of scientific
manuscripts will be stressed. Prerequisite, twelve hours of biology.
Two hours conference per week.

F 7-8 Credit, 1 hour. Spring semester

133

Chemistry

Professors Black, Nowell

Associate Professors Blalock, Gross, Isbell,

Miller
Assistant Professor P. J. Hamrick

In addition to the basic courses prescribed by the
College, a student desiring to receive the B.S. degree
with major in Chemistry is required to take the following
courses: Chemistry 1-12, 20-35, 21-22, 37, 41-42, and
one course from Chemistry 33, 34, 38; Physics 1, 2;
Mathematics 12, 13. An average of C in the first two
years of Chemistry is required of students who elect
to major in this department. Admission to any class is
conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite
courses, and registration for advanced classes must be
approved by the department.

Wake Forest College is on the list of schools approved
by the American Chemical Society. Students who re-
ceive the Bachelor's Degree and are certified by the
chairman of the department as having fulfilled the
minimum requirements for professional training as
adopted by the Society are eligible for membership,
senior grade, in the Society within two years following
graduation and after two years experience in the field
of chemistry. Students who desire a specific statement
of the minimum requirements of the Society should
consult with the staff member who serves as major ad-
viser for students majoring in chemistry.

The following schedule is recommended for students
who desire to major in chemistry: (By following this
schedule and the advice of the major adviser a student
can meet the minimum requirements of the American
Chemical Society.)

184

Chemistry

Freshman Year*

Chemistry 1-12
English 1-2
German 1-2
History 1-2
Mathematics 5, 1 1

Physical Education 1-2

Sophomore Year*

Chemistry 20-35
English 3-4
German 3-4
Mathematics 12, 13
Physics 1-2

Junior Year*

Chemistry 21-22
Chemistry 37
Philosophy, 3 hours
Business Administration 3-4 or
Political Science or Sociology,

6 hours
Religion, 6 hours
Mathematics 30
**Electives, 6 hours

Senior Year*

Chemistry 41-42
Chemistry, 4 hours
**Electives, 20 hours

1. General Chemistry

An introductory course emphasizing fundamental chemical prin-
ciples. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

2. General Chemistry

A continuation of Chemistry 1 with emphasis on the descriptive
chemistry of inorganic substances. Prerequisite: Chemistry I. Three
hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

12. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis

A continuation of Chemistry 1 with emphasis on the study of equilib-
rium and inorganic chemistry. Approximately two-thirds of the
laboratory work is devoted to the principles and techniques of syste-
matic separation and identification of the inorganic cations and
anions. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1, Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

19. Qualitative Analysis

A course covering the principles and techniques of separation and

systematic identification of the inorganic cations and anions. Open

* Military Science may be taken in addition to the courses listed.
** Chosen on the advice of the major adviser.

135

Chemistry

only to students presenting a year of general chemistry without
qualitative analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1-2. Two hours lecture,
three hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours

20. Volumetric Analysis

A course in the principles and methods of volumetric quantitative
analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or 19; Mathematics 5,11. Two
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

21, 22. Organic Chemistry

A study of the chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic organic com-
pounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 20. Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester

24. Organic Chemistry

A study of the chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic compounds
for students whose program demands only one semester of organic
chemistry. Chemistry 21 may be substituted for Chemistry 24 but
Chemistry 24 may not be substituted for Chemistry 2 1 . Credit will
not be allowed for both Chemistry 21 and 24. Prerequisites: Chem-
istry 1-12 or equivalent. 3 hours lecture; 3 hours laboratory per week.

Credit, 4 hours

26. Physical Chemistry for Pre-medical Students
A course dealing with the physical behavior of gases, liquids, and
solutions and including special discussion of the colligative properties
of solutions, of the measurement of pH, and of the behavior of
buffered solutions. Prerequisites: Chemistry 20 and Physics 3.
Two hours lecture. Credit, 2 hours

33. Organic Analysis

A lecture and laboratory course in the systematic identification of
organic compounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22. Two hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

34. Organic Preparations

A library, conference, and laboratory course in the preparation of
organic compounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22. Six hours a week.

Credit, 3 hours

35. Gravimetric Analysis

A course in the principles and methods of gravimetric quantitative
analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 20. Two hours lecture, six hours
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

136

Classical Languages

37. Inorganic Chemistry

A lecture and laboratory course devoted to the principles and theory
of modern inorganic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 35 and
Physics 1 . Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

38. Instrumental Analysis

A course in the application of physical methods to analytical chem-
istry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 41. Two hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours

41, 42. Physical Chemistry

A course in the fundamentals of physical chemistry. Prerequisites:
Chemistry 22, Physics 1-2, and satisfactory work in differential and
integral calculus. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.

Credit, 4 hours each semester
45. Atomic and Molecular Structure

Atomic structure and the formation of chemical compounds. The
relation of spectra, dipole moments, thermodynamics, and other
physical concepts to molecular structure. Corequisite: Chemistry 41.

Credit, 3 hours

48. Physical Organic Chemistry

Chemical kinetics and thermodynamics as applied to organic re-
action mechanisms and the correlation of molecular structure with
chemical reactivity. Corequisite: Chemistry 41. Credit, 3 hours

51, 52. Senior Research

Library, conference, and laboratory work. Open only to major
students with a superior record. Six hours a week.

Credit, 2 hours each semester

Classical Languages and Literature

Professor Earp

Associate Professor C. V. Harris

A major in this department consists of a minimum of
30 hours in either Greek or Latin.

137

Greek

Greek Language and Literature

1,2. Elementary Greek

Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose writers and poets;
collateral reading on Greek mythology, history, and antiquities.
M T W Th F 2

21. Xenophon

Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in syntax.
M WF3

22. Homer

Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill in syntax.
M WF7

23. Plato

Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the Phaedo, spring
term.

M W F 3

24. The Greek New Testament

Selections from the Greek New Testament, fall term.
M W F7

25. Greek Tragedy

Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study of the origin and
history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies
in translation.
TT4

26. Greek Comedy

Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a study of the origin
and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected
comedies in translation.
TTh4

138

Latin

31. Greek Civilization

Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of Greek civiliza-
tion which have particular significance for the modern world. Given
the first semester. This course is recommended especially to juniors
and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required.
TTh7

32. Greek Literature in Translation

A study of selections from Greek literature in English translation.
Given the second semester. This course is recommended especially
to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not
required.
TTh7

Latin Language and Literature

1, 2. Introductory Latin

A course intended for students who have never studied Latin and for
those who present only one unit of Latin for entrance.
M WF2

3, 4. Grammar, Cicero, Vergil

This course will include (a) grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's
Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units of entrance Latin or Latin 1, 2.
M WF3

21, 22. Livy, Horace, Pliny

Livy: Selections, first semester. Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's
Letters, second semester. Prerequisite, four units of entrance Latin
or Latin 1 , 2 and 3, 4.
M WF7

23, 24. Tacitus, Horace, Martial

Tacitus: Germania and Agricola, first semester. Horace: Satires and
Epistles; Martial: Epigrams, second semester.
MWF4

139

Education

25, 26. Roman Comedy and Satire

Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, first semester. Petronius and
Juvenal, second semester.

M WF4

28. Latin Prose Composition

Hours to be arranged Credit, 2 hours

29, 30. Roman Philosophy
Lucretius, Cicero.

TTS2

31. Roman Civilization

This course consists of lectures and collateral reading upon the
general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. It
is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of
the Latin language is not required.
TTh4

32. Latin Literature and Translation

A study of selections from Latin literature in English translation.
This course is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A
knowledge of the Latin language is not required.
TTh4

Education

Professor Memory

Associate Professor Preseren

Instructor Propst

Admission Requirements. Junior standing is a general
requisite for all courses in Education. Psychology is
recommended as a preliminary course, and a course in
Public Speaking is highly desirable. Before a student
teaching assignment is granted, the applicant will
be examined in order to determine whether the student
has any noticeable speech problems.

140

Education

Major in the Department of Education. Students who
major in Education must meet Class A certification
requirements in at least one broad field of more than
12 hours, as outlined below. Such certification requires,
among other subjects, a course in Directed Teaching;
and before a Directed Teaching opportunity is granted,
the student must have a quality point ratio as high as
1.0 on his over-all record or in subject of certification.
Those accepted must be emotionally stable, with no
serious speech impediment, and must possess qualities
of character which are generally regarded as desirable
for leaders of youth.

State Certificates. Any course offered here will be ac-
credited by the State Board of Education as satisfying,
in part, the requirements for a State teacher's cer-
tificate. Only the courses listed in this department will
count as professional credit.

The State Department of Public Instruction awards
the High School Certificate, Class A, to graduates of the
college who have had the specified courses in their
respective teaching fields and the professional courses
prescribed as outlined below.

Certification requirements must be met in at least one
teaching field; however, a two-subject certificate is far
more desirable because most teachers in the State have
to teach two subjects, and very little subject departure
is permitted without salary penalty.

In arranging their schedules, seniors should leave
vacant at least three consecutive periods daily for
Directed Teaching. Chapel attendance is not required
of those whose assignments conflict. Cars are highly
desirable, although not an absolute necessity.

Students taking Directed Teaching are advised to

141

Education

take no more than 12 semester hours, as the work in
this course, though enjoyable and stimulating, is never-
theless intensive and exacting.

I Academic Requirements

As specified by the State Department of Public In-
struction:

Bible and Religion — 21 hours, including 6 in Old Testament, 6 in New
Testament, and 9 in electives.

Commerce — 36 hours*, including 12 in Economics and Retailing, 12
in Accounting and Office Management, 12 in Office Skills (short-
hand, transcription, and typing), and minimum office experience.

English — 30 hours, including English 1-2; 3 hours in Shakespeare, 3
in American Literature, 3 in Advanced Grammar and Composi-
tion (English 21 at WFC). English Literature and Speech are
recommended.

French — 24 hours (including 6 in spoken language) based on two or
more high school units; otherwise, 30 hours. Quantitative re"
quirements for teaching German and Spanish same as for French.

Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise
30 hours.

Mathematics — 21 hours, including 3 in College Algebra, 3 in Trigo-
nometry, 3 in Analytic Geometry. Calculus, History of Mathe-
matics, Mechanical Drawing, Astronomy, Statistics, Applied
Mathematics, and Physics are recommended to complete the
total of 21 hours. Although Physics and Astronomy are classified
as sciences, as many as 3 hours in each will nevertheless count
toward the certificate in Mathematics. At the same time, full
credit will be allowed for Physics and Astronomy on the Science
certificate.

Music — 36 hours, including 18 hours of Applied Music for the Gen-
eral Certificate and 21 hours of Applied Music for the Instru-
mental Certificate. For further information, consult Music depart-
ment section of this catalog.

Health and Physical Education — 36 hours. For specific courses required,
consult head of Physical Education department.

Science — 30 hours**, including 6 in Biology, 6 in Chemistry, 6 in

• Certification may be granted in individual areas as follows: Typewriting, 4 hours;
Stenography, 11 hours (including 9 in Stenography and 2 in Typing); Bookkeeping, 16
hours (including Accounting and Management); Basic Business 24 hours (including
12 in Economics and 12 in Management and Accounting).

•' See footnote next page.

142

Education

Physics, 3 in Geography (Bus. Adm. 2) or Geology (Biol. 40),
and electives to complete the total of 30.

Social Studies — 30 hours*, including 6 in European or World History,
6 in American History; 12 from one or more of the following:
Government, Geography, Economics, Sociology; 6 in electives
from any of the above.

II Professional Requirements

Candidates for the High School, Class A, certificate
are required by the State Department of Public In-
struction to have at least 18 hours in Education dis-
tributed as follows: 6 hours in pupil-centered courses,
6 related to the school as an institution, and 6 in di-
rected teaching and practicum. To meet this require-
ment a student must take Education courses num-
bered 23, 31 (or 50), 33, 34, a methods course in one
of the subjects for which certification is desired, and
also one of these: 25, 26, 27, 35, 55.

Courses

23. Educational Psychology

A course designed to foster an understanding of continuity in de-
velopment from the intellectual, physical, social, and emotional
viewpoints; the nature and process of learning, motivating forces,
and mastery of fundamental theoretical concepts.

M W F 3, 4; Spring term MWF3,4 Credit, 3 hours

25. Extracurricular Activities

An introduction to basic and legitimate school activities other than
those regularly scheduled for unit credit. School publications,
audio-visual aids, dramatics, forensics, musical organizations, home-
room activities, etc., will be considered.

Credit, 3 hours

26. Audio-Visual Education

A survey of the theory, history, and techniques of using visual aids.

• Certification will be allowed in any of the individual social studies or sciences on
the basis of 12 hours in a particular subject. This course should be followed only as a
last resort, as teachers who are certified in broader areas are better equipped and have
less difficulty in securing positions. The 12-hour plan is restricted to subjects in science
and social studies fields.

143

Education

Special attention is given to the contributions of various types of
visual aids to an educational program.

M W 7, T Th 2; third hour to be arranged; spring M W 7, T Th 2,
third hour to be arranged Credit, 3 hours

27. Social Foundations of Education

A social approach to educational opinion and practices from the
primitives down to the present era; emphasis on the school as a con-
tributor to democratic living and community building.

T Th S 2; spring term, T Th S 2, 4 Credit, 3 hours

31. Measurement and Guidance

Introductory course. A study of individual differences through
statistical techniques as applied to mental and educational measure-
ment; the interpretation and use of standard tests, the construction
of informal objective tests, counseling, and audio-visual aids.

M W F 2, 4; spring term, M W F 2,4 Credit, 3 hours

33. Secondary Education

An examination of the fundamental principles involved in the or-
ganization and administration of the high school curriculum in the
light of individual and social needs; adolescence, methods, lesson
planning, and pupil accounting.

M W F 1,3; T Th S 4; spring term, M W F 6; T Th S 1

Credit, 3 hours

34. Directed Teaching

This course contains the specific activities identified with systematic
and formal observations, supervised student teaching, and with
varied activities related to the job of actual teaching, as specified by
regulations of State Department of Public Instruction. Seniors only.
C average, or higher, required in subject of certification. Seniors
desiring a student teaching opportunity should reserve at least three
consecutive class periods each day (MTWTF). Students taking this
course are advised to take no more than 12 semester hours, as the
work in Education 34, though enjoyable and stimulating, is neverthe-
less intensive and exacting.

Five hours to be arranged, each term Credit, 3 hours

35. School Organization and Control

A course offered upon the assumption that students entering the
field of teaching should have sufficient information concerning the
state, county, and city administration of education to stimulate a
growing professional interest. Credit, 3 hours

144

Education

50. Educational Guidance

A consideration of modern techniques and procedures available for
the job of counseling and guidance both in school and in later life;
social adjustment, work opportunities, aptitude and educational
testing, and appraisal of personal qualities.

Offered only in summer Credit, 3 hours

55. Educational Philosophy and Curriculum
The place of the school in the American social order, an interpreta-
tion of educational values, and a consideration of school curricula
in the light of recognized objectives of education. Credit, 3 hours

Methods and Materials
With a functional approach, each of the following
methods courses is designed to familiarize the prospec-
tive teacher with those methods and materials which are
actually used in the respective subjects in public high
schools. Since all methods courses are not offered each
semester, students who are eligible should schedule
them early in their junior or senior years.

36. Education — Teaching of Business Education Subjects

40. Education — Teaching of Music
M W F4

41. Education — Band and Orchestra Methods

42. Education — Teaching of Mathematics
M WF 1

43. Education — Teaching of Science

44. Education — Teaching of Religion
M W F3

45. Education — Teaching of Health and Physical Education
TThS2

145

English

46. Education — Teaching of Spanish
T Th 2:00-3:15

47. Education — Teaching of French
T Th 2:00-3:15

48. Education — Teaching of Social Studies
M WF 1

49. Education — Teaching of English
M WF 1

English

Professors Snuggs, Folk, Wilson
Associate Professors Aycock, Broderick, Brown
Assistant Professors C. H. Dornbusch, Drake,
W. O. Harris, Howren, * Phillips.*
Instructors B. J. Davis, Eaton, Kenion, Ray-
nor, Sanders, Wheeler

Courses 1, 2 and 3, 4, for freshmen and sophomores,
are prescribed for all degrees, and are prerequisites
for admission to all advanced courses in English.

A major in English requires 30 credit hours, of which
18 must be taken in the junior and senior years in
courses numbered above 20. The minimum requirement
in literature for all English majors, including the Journal-
ism sequence described at the head of section III
following, is four advanced courses.

Consult Summer Session Bulletin for courses offered
only in the Summer Session.

* Absent on leave 1900-61.

146

English

*Writing

1. English Composition

A basic course in writing, which provides training in clear thinking
and effective expression; frequent themes, corrective exercises, read-
ing in modern prose, individual conferences; no credit given until
the student has demonstrated ability to write satisfactorily. Students
deficient in English may be required to meet five hours each week.
Fall semester, M W F 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7; T Th S 1, 2, 4, 5; spring
semester, MW F 5; T Th S 1,4

lx. Composition Review

Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of unity and
coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent themes. Required
of those who have been assigned "composition conditions" (see foot-
note on this page). The course carries no credit; the class meets
three hours per week. One may be dismissed from the class before
the end of the term if, in the judgment of the instructor, one has
demonstrated proficiency in composition.
Fall semester, M W F 5

2. Composition and Literature

Study and practice in the several types of writing, with special atten-
tion to the preparation of an investigative paper; readings in modern
literature, with themes related to the reading; originality and indi-
viduality of style emphasized. Prerequisite, English 1.

Spring semester, M W F 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7; T Th S 1, 2, 4, 5; fall

semester, M W F 6; T Th S 1

21. Advanced Grammar and Composition

A study of modern English descriptive grammar with enough com-
position to illustrate the fundamentals of writing; required for cer-
tification in the teaching of English. Prerequisite, English 1-4.
TThS5

* Proficiency in the use of the English language, in oral reports and in writing, is
recognized by the Faculty as a requirement in all departments. A composition con-
dition, indicated by cc under the grade for any course, may be assigned in any depart-
ment to a student above the freshman year whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless
of previous credits in composition. Removal of the composition condition, either
through special work as directed by the English department or by repeating English 1
(without credit hours), is prerequisite to graduation. The removal of the composition
condition should begin the next semester after it is assigned.

147

English

45. Essay Writing

Primarily for those who are interested in writing for publication,
with concentration on the various types of essays; wide reading
in both modern and older essays; admission to the class only after
conference with the instructor. Prerequisite, English 1-4.

Tu 8-9 Credit, 2 hours

46. Short Story Writing

A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writing, with
much collateral reading in the short story, and constant practice
in writing; admission by consent of the instructor. Prerequisite,
English 1-4.

Tu 8-9 Credit, 2 hours

Language and Literature

3. Major American Writers *

A study of major American writers, including Poe, Emerson, Haw-
thorne, Thoreau, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, and Mark Twain.
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite,
English 1-2.

Fall semester, M W F 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7; T Th S 1, 2, 4; spring

semester, M W F 4,7

4. Major British Writers

A study of major works of several British poets and prose writers,
including Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift.
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite,
English 1-2.

Spring semester, M W F 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7; T Th S 1, 2, 4; fall

semester, M W F 4,7

20. English Drama

Reading of representative masterpieces of English dramatic litera-
ture from the medieval beginnings through the eighteenth century,
exclusive of Shakespeare; lectures on the history of the drama and
the stage. Prerequisite, English 1-4.

* This course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that
every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his own country.
It is not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit
for the regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content.

148

English

23. Chaucer

An introduction to Chaucer as a literary artist and master story-
teller, with emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde
studied in relation to sources, and to literary and social background.
Prerequisite, English 1-4.
MWF6

24. Spenser

Life and works of Edmund Spenser in relationship to the background
of the Renaissance and to the Elizabethan era; concentration on
The Faerie Queene. Prerequisite, English 1-4.

26. Shakespeare

An introduction to Shakespeare as a dramatist and poet in relation-
ship to his predecessors and contemporaries; a study of representative
plays in the approximate chronological order, with the reading of
additional plays; attention to problems of biography, dramatic
companies, theatres, sources and criticism. Prerequisite, English 1-4.
Fall and spring semesters, M W F 4

27. Milton

A study of the poetical works of John Milton, with the concentration
on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose; special at-
tention to the life and personality of the author and to the literary
and historical backgrounds of the era.
T ThS2

30. Eighteenth Century English Literature

A study of representative works of the major writers from Defoe
to Blake; special attention to the periodical essayists and to Pope,
Swift, Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, Cowper, Burns, the current
philosophies and literary theories. Prerequisite, English 1-4.
M WF2

31. Romantic Poets

A rapid survey of the beginnings of romanticism in English litera-
ture, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats,
and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the period. Prerequisite,
English 1-4.

M WF7

149

English

33. Victorian Poets

A study of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold and other representative
poets as literary artists and as exponents of the literary, social and
philosophical concepts of the era, 1 830 to 1 890. Prerequisite, English
1-4.

TThS4

34. Victorian Prose

A study in the prose, exclusive of fiction, of the major Victorian
writers: Carlyle, Macaulay, Newman, Mill, Ruskin, Arnold, and
others, as related to the life and thought of the period from about
1825 to 1890. Prerequisite, English 1-4.

35. The English Novel to 1832

The history of the English novel from the Elizabethan era to 1832,
chiefly through the reading and analysis of representative works
which illustrate the evolution and progress of the form; emphasis on
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Austen, and Scott. Prerequisite,
English 1-4.
M WF3

36. Victorian Novelists

A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the Brontes, Eliot, Meredith, and
Hardy, with some attention to their contemporaries; novels read
and analyzed as representative of the author's purpose, style and
technique; special attention to the social and literary background.
Prerequisite, English 1-4.
M W F3

37. Twentieth Century Poetry

A study of selected American and British poets of the twentieth
century, with attention to the transition from post-Victorianism, the
renaissance following 1912, experimentation, and present trends — a
study of poetry as the product of the new era, and of poets as its
interpreters. Prerequisite, English 1-4.
M WF2

38. Modern Drama

Extensive reading in the works of representative European, British
and American dramatists from Ibsen to the present, in approximately

150

English

chronological order, with attention to purposes, themes, and the
evolution of modern techniques. Prerequisite, English 1-4.
M WF6

40 . History of English Literature

A co-ordinating course in literary history, beginning with the Anglo-
Saxon era and continuing through the Victorian era; individual read-
ing programs in the literature of the several literary periods, variable
according to previous studies and future plans; chiefly for English
majors in the senior year. Prerequisite, 18 hours of college English.
M WF7

41. American Fiction

Studies in the novel and the short story, with reading of representative
works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, James, and others.
Prerequisite, English 1-4.
M WF 5

42. American Prose

Studies in the thought of the nineteenth century, with the subject
matter from Emerson and his contemporaries. Prerequisite, Eng-
lish 1-4.

M WF 5

44. Whitman and His Contemporaries

Studies in major American poets of the nineteenth century, with
concentration on Walt Whitman. Prerequisite, English 1-4.
M W F5

49. Education — The Teaching of English

A course which is credited as Education in the professional require-
ment for a high school teacher's certificate. A thorough review of
English grammar with emphasis on the functional approach; di-
rections for and activity in teaching composition and literature for
high school students; use of audio-visual aids. Prerequisites, senior
standing, English major, and a superior record.
M WF 1

62. The Modern Novel

Readings in recent fiction by continental, English, and American
authors.
TTh4

151

Journalism

66. Literary Criticism

Study of the basic principles of the great critics with practical
application to specific literary works.
Not offered 1961-62

III

Journalism

For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth
of academic background is essential. The following
courses, which provide the fundamentals of professional
training, are concerned with the basic principles of
journalistic writing and editing, and with a conception
of the newspaper as a whole.

In planning a major in English, with the Journalism
sequence, the student is advised to include courses in
creative writing (45, 46), modern and contemporary-
literature and American literature, with related courses
in the social sciences.

47. Journalistic Writing

Survey of the fundamental principles of news-writing; study of news
and news values, and of outstanding newspapers. Open to juniors
and seniors, and to sophomores who obtain the permission of the
instructor. Prerequisite, English 1-2.
M W F4

48. Copy-editing

A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, typography,
and make-up. Prerequisite, English 1-2, and 47.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 2 hours

50. Special Feature Articles

Practice in writing articles for newspapers and magazines, with
emphasis on selecting subjects, gathering material, and on the prep-
aration and sale of manuscripts. Prerequisite, English 1-2, and
preferably 47.
T Th4

152

Art Appreciation

51. The Editorial

Analysis of editorial policies of typical newspapers, discussions of
current events and topics calling for editorial expression, and practice
in writing various types of editorials; a study of the fundamentals of
public opinion, and what the editorial writer can do to influence
thinking. Prerequisite, English 1-2, 47-48.
TTh4

52. History of American Journalism

A study of the development of the American newspaper, with detailed
investigations of representative papers and editors, and with special
reference to the problems of present-day journalism. Prerequisite,
English 1-2, 47-48.

Art History and Appreciation

Although the following courses, conducted by a
member of the English staff, are not a part of the regu-
lar English curriculum, the department recognizes
their importance in a liberal education and their special
value to students of literature. They may be included
in the program of the English major.

71. Ancient and Medieval Art

A survey of the arts as they developed in Egyptian, Mesopotamian,
Minoan, Greek, and Roman civilizations and Medieval Europe.
Prerequisite, junior or senior standing.
TTh7

72. Renaissance and Modern Art

A survey of the arts as they developed in Europe and the United
States; emphasis on architecture, sculpture and painting. Prerequi-
site, junior or senior standing.
TTh7

153

History

Professors Stroupe, Perry
Associate Professors Clonts, Smiley, Yearns
Assistant Professors Gregory, Josserand, Mul-
len, Tillett
Instructor Hitchins*
Visiting Professor Gokhale

The major is 30 hours and must include six hours in
Modern European history and six hours in United
States history. History 1 and 2 are prerequisites for all
other courses offered by the department. History 13
and 14 are prerequisites for all other courses in United
States history, with the exception that students of demon-
strated ability who have not had History 13 and 14 may
be admitted to advanced courses in this field with the
written approval of their major adviser and the instructor
concerned. The remaining 18 hours of the history major
and 18 hours of required work in related fields are
selected by the student and the history adviser.

Consult Summer Session Bulletin for courses offered
only in the Summer Session.

1, 2. Modern Europe

The political, economic, and social history of Europe in its world
setting from the Renaissance to the present. Stresses major institu-
tions, movements, and personalities shaping our western civilization.
Assigned work includes text, parallel reading, and work in historical
geography. Students majoring in history or political science should
take this course their freshman year. History 1 prerequisite for
History 2.

History ljall semester, MWF1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; TThSl, 2, 4;
spring semester, M W F 5; T Th S 4

History 2, Jail semester, M W F 5; T Th S 4; spring semester, MWF
I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7; T Th S 1,2,4

* Absent on leave, 1960-61

154

History

11, 12. The Ancient World

Oriental and Greek history, fall semester; Roman history, spring
semester. Textbook and written reports. Cultural aspects emphasized.

T Th 6, 7, 8

13, 14. The United States

A general survey of United States history from the period of dis-
covery and colonization to the present. The course is conducted
through daily lectures, textbooks, collateral readings, and map
studies. Social, economic, and intellectual developments are included,
but political history is emphasized. History 13 covers the period
from discovery to 1865; History 14 the period from 1865 to the
present. Students majoring in history or political science should take
this course in the sophomore year. History 13 prerequisite for
History 14.

MWF 1,3,4; TThS2

17, 18. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia

A survey of developments in the history and culture of Burma,
Thailand, Malaya, Indonesia, and Indo-China from the earliest
times to 1940. The course devotes special attention to religion, social
organization, economy, Indian and Chinese influences, literature,
art, and architecture in the region.

M W F 2

21, 22. The British Empire

Fall semester: the rise of the second British Empire, 1783-1867, with
emphasis on Canada, Australia, New Zealand, India, Cape Colony,
and the West Indies. Spring semester: the development of the Com-
monwealth and the evolution of the dependent Empire since 1867.
M W F4

23, 24. England

A political and social survey, with some attention to important con-
tinental movements. The period prior to 1603 is covered in the fall
semester, the period since 1 603 in the spring semester. Recommended
to students taking major work in English or law.

MWF 2,4

155

History

25, 26. Medieval Europe

A general survey in which political, economic, social, and cultural
aspects of the Middle Ages are studied. Collateral readings and oral
reports on special topics are added to textbook assignments. History
25 prerequisite for History 26.
T Th4

27. Historiography

A survey of the principal historians and their writings from ancient
times to the present, conducted through extensive readings, class
discussions, written and oral reports.
TTh7

29, 30. The South

A study of geography, population elements, basic institutions, and
selected events, conducted largely by individual reports and involving
extensive use of the library.
TThS4

31. North Carolina

Selected phases of the development of North Carolina from colonial
beginnings to the present are studied by means of lectures, maps,
and readings.
M WF 1

32. American Diplomatic History

An introduction to the history of American diplomacy since 1776,
emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies.
M W F3

33. 34. Modern India

A course devoted to an intensive study of developments in India
from 1600 to the present with special reference to the Islamic and
Western impacts, changes in economy and society, cultural progress,
constitutional developments, and nationalism. In the spring term
the emergence of freedom, the Indian Constitution and Plans, elec-
tions, and India's role in internationl affairs are emphasized. This
course may count as History or Political Science, but not both. At
the time of registration the student must determine in which field
credit is desired.
M W F8

156

History

36. Economic History of the United States

A general survey of the economic development of the United States
from colonial beginnings to the present, conducted through daily
discussions, textbook assignments, and collateral readings. This
course may count as History or Business Administration, but not
both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which
field credit is desired.
MWF6

2>1. Recent European History

A review of World War I followed by intensive study of the problems
of peace, rise of new governments, collapse of collective security,
World War II, and the postwar era. Library readings and textbooks.
M WF3

39. Latin America

A study of the development of Latin America from its colonial
origins to the present. Textbook and collateral readings.
M WF 1

40. American Constitutional History

A study of the origins of our constitutional system, the controversies
involving the nature of the union, constitutional readjustments to
meet the new American industrialism, and the modern Constitution.
Textbook and collateral reading. {Not offered in 1961-62)
TThS2

41. 42. The Renaissance and Reformation

This is a study of the transition of Europe from medieval to modern
times. The emphasis is on artistic, literary, and religious achieve-
ments, with some attention given to political and economic develop-
ments.

TTh8

43. The French Revolution and Napoleon

A brief analysis of the Enlightenment and of the social, economic,
and political structure of the Old Regime; the development of the
revolution from 1789 to the advent of Napoleon; the impact of the
revolution and of Napoleon upon Europe.
MWF2

157

Mathematics

44. Europe in the Nineteenth Century

The political, social, economic, and cultural developments of
nineteenth-century Europe. Topics emphasized include the conflict
between liberalism and conservatism; the industrial revolution and
the rise of socialism; the growth of nationalism, realism, and material-
ism; and the background of World War I.
MWF2

45, 46. Russia

Primarily a political survey, with some attention to cultural and
social developments. Fall semester, the Russian Empire; spring
semester, the Soviet Union. Textbook and outside readings.
M WF6

48. Teaching of Social Studies

An examination of the theories and procedures involved in the teach-
ing of history, geography, civics, economics, and sociology in second-
ary schools. The principal emphasis is on history. Open to students
who expect certification in one or more of the social studies. Credited
as Education.
M WF 1

Mathematics

Professor Gentry

Associate Professors Gay, K. T. Raynor, Saw-
yer, Seelbinder
Assistant Professor Johnson
Instructors Miller, Womble

This department offers basic courses in each of the
main divisions of mathematics: algebra, analysis,
geometry, applied mathematics.

A major in this department (33 hours) must include
courses 11, 12, 13, 25, 31, 36, 47, 49.

Any student preparing to teach mathematics in the
secondary school should include in their program
courses 11, 12, 13, 25, 33, 36, 49.

158

Mathematics

1. Intermediate Algebra

A basic course in algebra starting with the fundamental operations
and going through linear equations, systems of linear equations,
exponents and radicals and quadratic equations. This course is
offered without credit to students whose preparation is inadequate.
M WF 1,3,7; T Th S 4

2. Principles of Mathematics

An introduction including a definition and examples of deductive
reasoning, inductive reasoning, abstract logic, abstract mathematical
science, pure and applied mathematics. A study of set theory as an
application. A study of the real number system using an axiomatic
approach. Many examples taken from arithmetic, algebra, trigo-
nometry and analytic geometry. Any student receiving credit for
Math 2 will not receive credit for Math 5.
MWF4, TThS 1

5, 6. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis

An introduction to series, limits, derivatives and antiderivatives. A
thorough study of (a) polynomial equations of first, second and higher
degrees in one or more variables, (b) algebraic, exponential, logarith-
mic, trigonometric and inverse functions, (c) identities, (d) conic
sections, (e) polar, cylindrical, spherical coordinates and transfor-
mation of coordinates and (f) parameters. Any student receiving
credit for Math 5 will not receive credit for Math 2.
MWF 1; TThS 2

11, 12, 13. Calculus with Analytic Geometry 7, II, III

A study of differential and integral calculus and an investigation
of the basic ideas of analytic geometry as they arise.

M W F 2, 3, 6; Spring Semester T T S 2, 4 Credit, 3 hours each
semester

16. Mechanical Drawing

Use of drawing instruments, lettering, free-hand sketching, pro-
jections, tracing, working drawings, maps, blue printing, and the
elements of architectural and structural drawing.

MWF 3; Lab. T 6,7 Credit, 2 hours

17. Surveying

The use of engineering equipment. Surveying and engineering
practices, government system of division and sub-division of land ;

159

Mathematics

deed description, lot and farm boundaries; topographical surveying,
making of contour maps, observations for determination of meridian
and latitude, reducing field notes, plotting, blue printing, use of
slide rule, etc.

7* Th 4; Lab. T 6, 7 Credit, 3 hours

23, 24. Modern Finite Mathematics with Analysis

A study of mathematics as it pertains to social science and business
today. Emphasis will be placed on development of mathematical
models, probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory,
and theory of games. The second half will include topics from analytic
geometry and calculus; also a study of the linear, parabolic and
hyperbolic laws with an introduction to differential and integral
calculus. Applications including maxima and minima problems and
curve fitting will be included. No student will be allowed credit for
both math 24 and math 11.

M W F 2, 4; T T S 2, 4 Credit, 3 hours each semester

25. Linear Algebra

A study of vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and
matrices, linear groups and determinants.
M W F 3; spring semester, T T S 4

26. History of Mathematics

A study of the development of mathematics, dealing with the evo-
lution of the number system, arithmetic, geometry, algebra, trigo-
nometry, etc., together with a study of the lives of the leading
mathematicians. Recommended for those of junior standing who
expect to teach mathematics.
TThS4

31. Topics in Calculus

A review of curves and surfaces in three space along with a study of
partial differentiation, multiple integration, series and an introduc-
tion to differential equations.
TThS4

32. Modern Geometry

Recent geometry of the triangle and circle, based on the principles
of Euclidean geometry. Recommended for teachers.
M WF 1

33. 34. Statistics

A study of the elementary theory and applications, with particular

160

Mathematics

emphasis on the mathematical development of probability distribu-
tions, finite population sampling, estimation, testing of hypotheses
and confidence methods. One who takes either of these courses may
not receive credit for Bus. Ad. 37, Sociology 43, or Psychology 43.
Prerequisite, Math 1 1 .

M W F 6 Credit, 3 hours each semester

36. Foundations of Geometry

A course of logic in geometry with special emphasis on postulates,
systems of geometry, etc. Recommended for teachers. Prerequisite,
Mathematics 29.
TThS 1

37. Introduction to Topology

An axiomatic treatment of the theory of point sets. Topological
properties of Euclidean spaces, metric spaces and Hausdorff spaces
will be studies.
T TS 1

38. Differential Equations

A study of the more common types of ordinary differential equations
with emphasis on their practical application to geometry and physics.
M WF6

40. Projective Geometry

Synthetic and analytic treatment centering around Desargue's
Theorem and the principle of projectivity.
TThS 2

42. Education — The Teaching of Mathematics

The objectives and content of the many proposals for change in our
curriculum and texts. The techniques, relative merits, and role of
such teaching procedures as the inductive and deductive approaches
to new ideas. The literature of mathematics and its teaching. The
underlying ideas of elementary mathematics and the manner in
which they may provide a rational basis for teaching.
M W F 1

45, 46. Theory of Numbers

An introduction to the properties of integers, congruences, a study of
Theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic func-
tions, quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester

161

Military Science

47, 48. Advanced Calculus

Continuity and differentiation of functions of one and several vari-
ables. Taylor's expansion with applications; definite, improper,
infinite, double, triple integrals; infinite series, power series.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester

49, 50. Modern Algebra

A study of groups, fields, rings, determinants, matrices, linear de-
pendence, linear transformations, quadratic and bilinear forms.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester

51,52. Theory of Functions

Limits, implicit functions, power series, double series, Cauchy's

Theorem and its applications, residues, Riemann surfaces, conformal

mapping.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester

54. Descriptive Geometry

The elementary principles and propositions of the science of descrip-
tive geometry, covering orthographic projection, spherical projection,
shades and shadows, linear perspective, and isometric drawing.

M W 5 Credit, 2 hours

Military Science and Tactics

Colonel J. F. Reed, Professor
Major P. G. Dillon, Assistant Professor
Captain L. D. Prather, Assistant Professor
Master Sergeant L. B. Bonner, Assistant in

Instruction
Master Sergeant D. C. Mooney, Assistant
Sergeant First Class W. J. Stanley, Assistant

in Instruction
Sergeant First Class E. Quesinberry, Assistant
Sergeant C. E. Girndt, Assistant
Mrs. Marguerite L. Ketchie, Secretary
Mrs. Dorothy E. Dawson, Librarian

162

Military Science

A senior unit of the United States Army Reserve
Officers' Training Corps was established at Wake Forest
College in 1951. The general objective of the program
of instruction is to produce junior officers possessing the
leadership and other attributes essential to their pro-
gressive and continued development as Reserve Officers
in the United States Army.

The ROTC program is divided into a Basic Course
(academic freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced
Course (academic juniors and seniors).

The purpose of the Basic Course is to increase initia-
tive and confidence in the student, to develop his
capacity for leadership, to provide training in military
subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to
lay a foundation for intelligent citizenship.

A student planning to enroll as a Basic Course cadet
is required to present a physician's certificate that he
is physically qualified to participate in ROTC training.

Except when credit for military school ROTC, pre-
vious active duty training or military service is allowed,
failure to enroll in the ROTC as an academic freshman
will preclude the student from participation in the
program. Transfer students who have previously en-
rolled in any Department of Defense ROTC program
may be continued in the Army ROTC at Wake Forest
College.

Military Science courses in the minimum amount
required by the ROTC program will be considered
among other credits offered for admission to the School
of Law of Wake Forest College.

The Advanced Course is designed to develop further
the objectives of the Basic Course and to enable selected
students to qualify for commissions as Reserve Officers
in the United States Army.

163

Military Science

Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary-
allowance of approximately $27.00 per month. This
allowance is payable from the day of enrollment at the
beginning of the student's junior year until the end of
his senior year. This allowance is not drawn during the
six-week summer camp which the Advanced Course
ROTC student attends at the conclusion of his junior
year. All summer camp expenses, including travel
incident thereto, are paid by the Government. While at
camp the student is paid at the rate of $78.00 per month.
Total remuneration for the Advanced Course is about
$650.00.

Upon graduation, students who have completed the
Advanced Course receive commissions as Second Lieu-
tenants in the United States Army Reserve. Graduating
students who have demonstrated leadership, scholarship
and military aptitude to an outstanding degree may be
designated "Distinguished Military Graduates." These
selected individuals are afforded an opportunity to
apply for a Regular Army Commission.

Once enrolled in either the Basic or Advanced Course
successful completion, to include Summer Camp for
Advanced Course students, is a prerequisite for gradua-
tion from the college.

ROTC students meeting prescribed requirements may
receive deferment from selective service. In certain
cases deferment may be continued while the student is
engaged in post graduate study.

Students pursuing the 3-2 Engineering or Forestry
Program, explained on pages 125-27, who complete
the basic ROTC course at Wake Forest College may be
considered for the Advanced Army or Air Force ROTC
Course at the cooperating institution under the follow-
ing conditions:

164

Military Science

a. To transfer to North Carolina State College Army
ROTC, all necessary arrangements for entrance in the
third or fourth year of ROTC may be accomplished
through the Wake Forest College ROTC Department.

b. To transfer to Duke University or North Carolina
State College Air Force ROTC for entrance in the Ad-
vanced Course:

(1) Be found physically qualified by an Air Force
Physician.

(2) Make satisfactory scores on the Air Force Officer
Qualification test.

(3) Be recommended by the cooperating institution's
AFROTC Advanced Selection Board.

(4) Receive an Air Force production quota for the
production period which the student wishes to enter.

(5) Make personal application for entrance to the
appropriate institution during the third year at Wake
Forest College.

The ROTC Cadet Corps is organized as a modified
Battle Group to provide maximum opportunities for the
exercise of leadership. It includes a Band and Drill
Team. Both of these organizations receive special train-
ing and represent Wake Forest College in special events.

Students are furnished U. S. Army uniforms, ROTC
textbooks and other military equipment without charge.
A $20.00 uniform deposit is required of each ROTC
student. The deposit, less a small cleaning charge and
charges for loss or damage, is refunded at the end of the
school year or upon withdrawal from the course.

The national honorary military societies of Scabbard
and Blade and Pershing Rifles have chapters at Wake
Forest College. Membership, on an elective basis, is
open to ROTC cadets.

165

Military Science

The ROTC Rifle Team competes with other colleges
and universities each year; both shoulder-to-shoulder
and postal matches are fired. This activity is recognized
as a minor sport at Wake Forest College. All practice
firing and each match is supervised by a regular army
instructor. The firing is conducted with modern small
bore target rifles on an indoor range.

Following are the awards presented annually to
ROTC cadets at Wake Forest College:

The President's Trophy. A trophy awarded by the
President of Wake Forest College to a senior cadet for
excellence in citizenship, scholarship, leadership and
military science.

Superior Cadet Ribbon Award. The Superior Cadet
Ribbon with certificate and lapel device is presented by
the Department of the Army to the one outstanding
cadet in each ROTC class recommended by the Pro-
fessor of Military Science and the Dean of the College
after a review of records by a faculty board.

ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership Achievement.
This award consists of a framed, engraved certificate
signed by the Commanding General, Third United
States Army. It is presented to the graduating cadet
selected by the President of Wake Forest College as
having demonstrated throughout his ROTC career
highest standards of discipline, initiative, stability,
application, physical conditioning, mental and moral
fibre and that he has achieved proficiency in the proper
application of the principles of leadership.

The Professor of Military Science Award. A complete
set of military insignia awarded to a graduating senior

166

Military Science

cadet for outstanding service to the ROTC Battle
Group.

The American Legion ROTC Medal. Awarded by the
American Legion to a basic course cadet who has
demonstrated outstanding qualities of military efficiency.

The " Minute- Man" Medal. The North Carolina
Society, Sons of the American Revolution, awards a
medal to one Advanced Course and one Basic Course
cadet selected by the Professor of Military Science as
outstanding in leadership, soldierly bearing, and aca-
demic excellence.

Association of the United States Army Medal. Awarded
by the Association of the United States Army to the
Advanced Course Cadet selected by the Professor of
Military Science and the Dean of the College as out-
standing in leadership, scholarship, and character.

The Reserve Officers' Association of the United States
Award. The North Carolina Department of the Re-
serve Officers' Association of the United States presents
a medal to an outstanding graduating cadet selected
by the Professor of Military Science. Certificates of
Merit may also be awarded to other outstanding gradu-
ating cadets selected by the Professor of Military Science.

Armed Forces Chemical Association Medal and Scroll.
Awarded by the Armed Forces Chemical Association
to a graduating cadet who excells in chemistry or an
allied science and in military science.

U. S. Armor Association RO TC Award. The outstand-
ing graduate choosing Armor as his basic branch is
presented with a year's membership in the U. S. Armor
Association and also receives a package of books from
the Association.

167

Military Science

National Society of Scabbard and Blade Medal. Com-
pany L, Eleventh Regiment, National Society of Scab-
bard and Blade, Wake Forest College, awards a medal
to one cadet in each ROTC class for outstanding ability
in military science.

Pershing Rifle Trophy. Company D, Fourth Regi-
ment, National Society of Pershing Rifles, Wake Forest
College, awards a trophy to the Basic Course cadet ad-
judged the winner of the Annual Individual Drill Com-
petition.

Marksmanship Qualification Badges. Sterling silver
qualification badges are awarded to cadets who qualify
in prescribed marksmanship courses with the caliber
.22 rifle.

Marksmanship Trophies. Appropriate trophies are
awarded to members of the ROTC rifle team with the
highest scores in rifle team match firing.

1,2. Military Science (First Tear Basic)

Includes a study of military organization; individual weapons and
marksmanship; The United States Army and national security; and
leadership. One hour theory, two hours leadership laboratory.
(Plus academic subject, see note below). Credit, 1 hour each semester

11, 12. Military Science (Second Tear Basic)

Includes a study of American military history; map and aerial photo-
graph reading; introduction to basic tactics and techniques; and lead-
ership. Two hours theory, two hours leadership laboratory. Pre-
requisite: Military Science 1 and 2.* Credit, 2 hours each semester

21, 22. Military Science (First Tear Advanced)

Includes a study of leadership problems; military teaching principles;
branches of the Army; small unit tactics and communications; and

* Unless credit is given for previous military science or training.

168

Military Science

leadership. Class meets 75 hours for the year; two hours per week
leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, see note below).
Prerequisite: Military Science 11 and 12.* Credit: 2 hours each semester

31, 32. Military Science {Second Tear Advanced)
Includes a study of operations; logistics; Army administration; mili-
tary law; The United States in world affairs; service orientation; and
leadership. Class meets 75 hours for the year; two hours per week
leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, see note below).
Prerequisite: Military Science 21 and 22.*

Credit: 2 hours each semester

Note. For basic course students any course selected from the areas
listed below of a minimum of two (2) credit hours taken either se-
mester is required the first year to satisfy the basic course requirement.

For advanced course students any course selected from the areas
listed below of a minimum of three (3) credit hours, and which is
not a course required to satisfy the basic requirement of the major
field of study, is required each year to satisfy the advanced course
requirement. Satisfactory completion of each such course under-
taken will be a prerequisite to commissioning.

Area I Effective Communication.

Area II Science Comprehension.

Area III General Psychology.

Area IV Political Development and Political Institutions.

The PMS will evaluate and approve elective subjects selected by
the student.

* Unless credit is given for previous military science or training.

169

French

Modern Languages

A major in this department requires 30 hours in one
of the Modern Languages.

A language laboratory of twenty-five student booths
has been in operation since September 1960 Students
enrolled in language courses numbered 1, 2, 3, and 4,
are required to spend one hour per week in the labora-
tory as part of their class preparation.

French
Professor Parcell

Associate Professors Parker, Shoemaker
Assistant Professor Robinson
Instructor Staley

1,2. Elementary French

A course for beginners, covering the principles of French grammar,
and the reading of elementary texts. The equivalent of two years
of French in high schools. Credit, 3 hours each semester

3, 4. Intermediate French

A continuation of grammar and composition. Translation of a
number of texts with a view to building up a vocabulary and ac-
quiring facility in pronunciation and sight reading. Prerequisite,
French 1, 2 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester

21, 22. Introduction to French Literature

Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading and reports. Drill in
grammar, at the discretion of the instructor. Prerequisite, French
3, 4 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester

25. Medieval French Literature

A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages with cultural and
political backgrounds. Translation of selected masterpieces in origi-
nal form and modern transcription; lectures, parallel reading and

170

French

reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its
equivalent. (Not offered in 1961-62)
M W F 2

26. Sixteenth Century French Literature

After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey
of the outstanding writers of the sixteenth century. Lectures, parallel
readings and reports. Conducted in English. Occasional lectures
and discussions in French. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its equiva-
lent. (Not offered in 1961-62)
M W F 2

27. French Romanticism

A study of the chief French romantic poets. A considerable amount
of the poetry of Lamartine, Musset, Hugo and Vigny read in class,
supplemented with parallel reading. Lectures and reports. Con-
ducted in English. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its equivalent.
(Not offered in 1961-62.
M W F 2

29. Eighteenth Century French Literature

A survey of French philosophical and political literature of the
eighteenth century. Emphasis on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot,
Rousseau, and U Encyclopedic . Intensive and extensive reading,
lectures, and reports. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its equivalent.
T ThS 2

30. The French Novel

A study of several masterpieces in the field of the novel, including
representative selections from the conte and the nouvelle. The develop-
ment of the novel from the seventeenth century to the early twentieth
century. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, French
21, 22 or its equivalent. (Not offered in 1961-62)
T Th S 4

31. 32. Seventeenth Century French Literature

After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey
of the outstanding writers of the classical age. Lectures, parallel
reading and reports. Conducted in English. Occasional lectures
and discussions in French. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its equiva-
lent.

M WF2

171

French

34. Moliere

Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel
reading, lectures and reports. Occasional lectures and discussions
in French. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its equivalent.
M W F 2

35. Trends in French Poetry

Poetic theory and practice in France from the Renaissance to the
Revolution, and from about 1850 to the present. A considerable
amount of poetry from both periods will be studied in class. The
romantic poets will be considered briefly in order to maintain the
over-all perspective. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Prerequisite,
French 21, 22 or its equivalent.
TTkS4

36. Racine

Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel
reading, lectures and reports. Occasional lectures and discussions
in French. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its equivalent. (Mot offered
in 1961-62)
M W F 5

37 '. Nineteenth Century French Drama

An intensive study of the principal dramatic works, and a considera-
tion of the related literary movements which evolved during the
course of the nineteenth century in France. Lectures, parallel
readings, oral and written reports. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or
is equivalent. (Not offered in 1961-62)
T ThS 4

39. French Literature of the Twentieth Century

An analysis of the currents in French literature during the first half
of the twentieth century, beginning with a brief survey of the trends
which are carried over from the last century. Representative works
of the foremost prose writers and dramatists will be studied in detail.
Lectures in English and/or French, supplemental readings, oral and
written reports. Prerequisite, French 21, 22 or its equivalent.
M W F3

41, 42. French Conversation and Composition

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing French. Re-

172

German

quired of those who plan to teach French in high school. Prerequisite,
French 21, 22 or its equivalent.
M W F7

47. Education — The Teaching of French

A survey of methodology of general principles in the teaching of
Romance Languages in secondary schools. Particular attention is
paid to the teaching of grammar, reading methods, pronunciation
and oral work and conversational languages. Realia materials
examined and evaluated. Some attention is given to the possibilities
now being developed in languages for the elementary school.

T Th S 2 Credit, 3 hours

German

*Professor O'Flaherty
Visiting Professors Breisacher, Shears
Assistant Professor Anne Tillett
Instructors J. G. Anderson, Snyder

1, 2. Elementary German

An introduction to German grammar. Much oral and aural practice.
Reading of simple texts. Credit, 3 hours each semester

3, 4. Intermediate German

Continuation of the study of German grammar. Class reading of
some 200 pages or more of German prose. Oral and aural practice.
Sight translation. Prerequisite, German 1, 2 or its equivalent.
MWF 2,3,5, 6; T Th S 2, 4

6. Intermediate Scientific German

A one-semester course in scientific German on the intermediate level
Continuation of grammar review. Class reading of approximately
100 pages of simple scientific prose from the fields of Chemistry,
Physics and Biology. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, 3 or equivalent.

Credit, 3 hours
* Absent on leave, 1960-61.

173

German

21, 22. Introduction to German Literature

The object of this course is to acquaint the student with German cul-
ture as reflected in the recognized masterpieces of German literature.
Prerequisite, German 3, 4. Credit, 3 hours each semester

23. Goethe

Faust Part 1 will be studied in class. Parallel readings in other works
by Goethe will be assigned. Prerequisite, German 21, 22.
TThS4

24. Schiller

Readings in Schiller's dramas, ballads, and critical essays will be
emphasized. Prerequisite, German 21, 22.
M W F2

28. The German Lyric

Intensive class study of examples of the modern German lyric from
Klopstock to Rilke. Lyrics are studied not only as poetic forms, but
also as expressions of the experience and world-view of the writer.
Prerequisite, German 21, 22.
TThS4

29. Twentieth Century German Prose

Emphasis in this course is placed on Hauptmann, Hesse, Mann,
Rilke, and Kafka. Class readings in these authors are supplemented
by parallel readings in other contemporary prose writers. Prerequi-
site, German 21, 22.
T ThS 1

33. Nineteenth Century Drama

Class readings from Kleist, Grillparzer, Hebbel, Wagner, Haupt-
mann, and Schnitzler. Parallel readings in other dramatists of the
nineteenth century. Prerequisite, German 21, 22.
M W F 5

34. The German Novelle From Goethe to Thomas Mann
Class readings in Goethe, Kleist, Tieck, Keller, Storm, C. F. Meyer,
Thomas Mann and others. Prerequisite, German 21, 22.

M W F 6

174

Spanish

41, 42. German Conversation and Composition

A course in spoken and written German. This course is required of
those who plan to teach German in high school. Prerequisite,
German 21, 22 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester

III

Hindi
1,2. Elementary Hindi

Basic Hindi grammar and vocabulary. The course is primarily de-
signed to give the student enough knowledge of the language to
read newspapers and simple Hindi books.

Credit, 3 hours each semester

Russian
Assistant Professor Anne Tillett

1,2. Elementary Russian

The essentials of Russian grammar and the reading of elementary
texts. Admission with the consent of the instructor.

Credit, 3 hours each semester
3, 4. Intermediate Russian

Continuation of the study of Russian grammar, with practice in
conversation and composition. Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite
Russian 1, 2 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester

Spanish

Associate Professor Parker
Instructors J. G. Anderson, Delgado, King,
Spade, Staley

1, 2. Elementary Spanish

A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials, pronunciation,
dictation, and reading of simple prose. Credit, 3 hours each semester

175

Spanish

3, 4. Intermediate Spanish

A review of grammar and composition with practice in conversation.
Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2 or its equivalent.

Credit, 3 hours each semester

21, 22. Introduction to Spanish Literature

A survey of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the contempo-
rary period. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish
3, 4 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester

23. Spanish American Literature

A general survey of Spanish American literature from the Colonial
through the contemporary period, including selections from repre-
sentative novels, short stories, essays, and poetry. Parallel reading
and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 3, 4. {Not offered in 1961-62)

Credit, 3 hours

25. The Golden Age

A study of the literature of the Golden Age with emphasis upon the
dramatic works of Alarc6n and Lope de Vega; supplementary read-
ings in Guillen de Castro, Tirso de Molina, Calder6n, Rojas and
More to. Prerequisite, Spanish 21, 22 or its equivalent.
M W F2

26. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes

A historical and critical analysis of the several types of prose fiction
which developed in Spain prior to the appearance of the Quixote
in 1605. Readings include La carcel de amor, El caballero Cifar, Amadis
de Gaula, La Diana, Lazarillo de Tormes, and Guzman de Alfarache.
Lectures and readings provide the foundation for class discussion of
the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picaresque novels
as forerunners of the prose masterpiece by Cervantes.

Credit, 3 hours

27. Cervantes

Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special
emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. Lectures, parallel
reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 21, 22 or its equivalent.
M W F 5

28. The Spanish Romantic Drama

An intensive study of Spanish Romanticism with emphasis on the

176

Spanish

drama. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading and reports.
Prerequisite, Spanish 21, 22 or its equivalent. {Not offered in 1961-62)
M WF4

29. The Modern Spanish Novel

An extensive study of representative Spanish novels, beginning with
the works of the "Generation of '98" and continuing up to the con-
temporary period. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading
and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 21, 22 or its equivalent.
M WF 5

30. The Modern Spanish Drama

An intensive study of the principal Spanish dramatic works of the
present century, beginning with the "Generation of '98" and con-
tinuing up to the contemporary period. Lectures, classroom discus-
sions, dramatic criticism, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite,
Spanish 21, 22 or its equivalent.
M WF 5

41, 42. Spanish Conversation and Composition

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Required
of those who plan to teach Spanish in high schools. Prerequisite.
Spanish 3, 4 or its equivalent.
T ThS4

46. Education — The Teaching of Spanish

T Th 2:00-3:15 Credit, 3 hours

177

Music

Professor McDonald
Associate Professor P. S. Robinson
Assistant Professor Giles
Instructor Head

Visiting Teachers Bair, Decker, Deiner, Goble,
Harris, Jacobowsky, Medlin, Woolf

A major in this department requires 36 hours divided
between Applied Music (18-21 hours), Music Theory
(9-12 hours, including Music 7, 8), and Musical Culture
(minimum of 6 hours). In addition, the music major
must present a minimum of four hours resident * En-
semble credit and demonstrate performing ability in
student recitals. At the discretion of the music faculty
a public recital will also be required. All music majors
are required to attend all faculty and student recitals.
No student taking an applied music course may per-
form publicly without the permission of the instructor.

Students desiring State Teacher Certification in Music
should note the requirement of 18 hours of applied
music (including 6 hours of Piano and 6 hours of Voice)
for the General Music Certificate and 21 hours of ap-
plied music (including a proficiency equivalent to Piano
4a) for the Instrumental Music Certificate.

Music Theory

1 . Fundamentals

A study of the rudiments of music and its terminology, scales, keys,

intervals, chords, rhythms, abbreviations, embellishments and smaller

forms as they apply to performance, vocally and at the keyboard.

• No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester
Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation.

178

Music

This course is primarily for students not majoring in music and for
music majors (without credit) having a deficiency in music theory.
M W F4

5, 6. Sight Singing and Ear Training

Music reading as it applies to vocal and keyboard performance.
Rhythms in scale and interval singing, Ear training based on chord
study equal to diatonic harmony. Aural study of the basic forms.
Prerequisite, Music 1 or equivalent.
M W F7

7, 8. Harmony

The study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and their inversions.
Melody harmonization and practical composition involving modula-
tion in the smaller forms. It is recommended that whenever possible
Sight Singing and Harmony be taken concurrently.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester

23, 24. Advanced Harmony

The study of melody harmonization and composition in the smaller
forms involving chromatic chords and non-harmonic tones. Analysis
of passages drawn from standard literature. Prerequisite, Music 7, 8.
M W F 3

31, 32. Counterpoint

Strict counterpoint in the five species with one to five voices. Also
a study of the free, modern or post-harmonic counterpoint. Pre-
requisite, Music 7, 8.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester

35, 36. Keyboard Harmony

A study of melody harmonization and composition in the smaller
forms involving diatonic and chromatic chords as they apply to
improvisation at the piano keyboard. Prerequisite, Music 7, 8, 23,
24.

TTh6

53, 54. Composition, Form and Analysis

Study of practical composition involving harmonic and contrapuntal

materials in small and large forms with analysis of standard works

179

Music

from folk and art song literature, chorales, piano and symphonic
works. Special emphasis on complete analysis of works studied by
the student for performance. Prerequisite, Music 7, 8, 23, 24, 31, 32.
TThS2

Musical Culture

2. Music Appreciation

Open to all students desiring an understanding of music as an element
of liberal culture and who wish to equip themselves for more intelli-
gent appreciation and listening. The study of design and style, form,
aural analysis, recognition of instruments and themes from the
master works. Also integration of music study with the other fine
arts and with historical progress. A survey of significant examples
of the several types of musical compositions will be made through
phonograph recordings.
M WF6

25, 26. American Music

English origins in the seventeenth century. America's first compos-
ers. National songs, Lowell Mason, Stephen Foster. Music of the
Civil War. Folk music — its use by American composers. The newer
developments in orchestral and choral music. Contemporary com-
posers. Illustrative recordings.
M W F 3

27, 28. Opera

A survey of the development of the opera from its earliest form to the

present. Representative works will be studied through the use of

recordings.

M W F 3 {Alternates with Music 25, 26)

29, 30. Hymnology

Early church hymnody. Latin and Greek contributions. The ref-
ormation chorale. English Psalmody and the English Hymn during
the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. A study of the great hymns
and hymn tunes of the church including twentieth century hymns.
Designed especially for ministerial students.
M WF2

180

Music

33, 34. Music History

A course designed to interest musical amateurs and students of music
literature. A survey of the history, literature and meaning of music,
aiming to stimulate an intelligent attitude toward the hearing and
understanding of music and its social uses. Illustrative recordings.
M W F7

III

* Methods

17, 18. Voice Methods

Survey of technic and repertoire materials with demonstration of
their application and interpretation. Breath preparation and control,
phonation, interpretation, and program building. Stage deport-
ment as applied to the recital, oratorio, and music-drama fields.
Organization and direction of vocal arts projects for studio, church
school and community. Enrollment limited to students with adequate
private voice instruction background. Twice weekly with assigned
laboratory preparation.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

39. Conducting and Score Reading

Principles of chorus, band and orchestra conducting as they apply to
school and community performance. Technique of the baton.
Practical study of problems of choral and instrumental conducting.
Prerequisite, Music 5, 6, 7, 8.
M W F 4; Fait semester only

Education 40. Teaching of Music

The teaching and supervision of music in the public schools. The
place of music in the cultural education of the adolescent, its relation
to community life. Materials in choral and instrumental music.
Methods and plans of organization. Prerequisite Music 7, 8.
M W F 4 {Spring semester only)

Education 41. Band and Orchestra Methods

The development of Public School Instrumental Music; the selection

and care of instruments; study of materials and methods; problems

* Each course in this division may count as either Music or Education, *but~choice
must be indicated at time of registration.

181

Music

of interest and discipline; the development of routine; administrative
methods and problems. Prerequisite, Music 7, 8.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours

*Ensemble

9, 10. Orchestra

The study and performance of works from the classical and modern
repertory. Appearance in public concerts.

T 5:00 p.m., Th 7:15 p.m. Credit, 1 hour each semester

11, 12. Choir

The study and performance of sacred and secular choral literature.
This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected group forms
the traveling choir for out of town concerts.

T Th 4:00 p.m. Credit, 1 hour each semester

13, 14. Band

The study and performance of the standard band repertoire and
appearances in several campus and public performances. The
Marching Band performs at home and at several out of town football
games and parades.

M W F 4:00 p.m. Concert Band Credit, 1 hour each semester

T T 4:00 p.m. Varsity Band Credit, 1 hour each semester

Applied Music

Applied Music courses are open to all college students
with the approval of the instructor. The following
descriptions are suggested performance levels for the
four years of study in the principle fields of concentra-
tion.

* No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester.
Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation.

182

Music

Lesson and Practice Schedule
Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will
note the following schedule of weekly lessons and practice :

One lesson with minimum of five hours practice.

Credit, 1 hour each semester
One lesson with minimum of ten hours practice.

Credit, 2 hours each semester

Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given
by the Music Department faculty serving as a group and grades
will be determined by this group.

Piano

7,2

Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh
technic in root position and all inversions, quarter note at M.M.
84-88. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Mozart, Sonata K280; Beethoven,
Sonata Op. 14, No. 1 or 2. Short Romantic and Contemporary
compositions of the difficulty of the Chopin A-flat Prelude; technic
studies as deemed necessary by the teacher.

3,4

Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh
technic continued, quarter note at M.M. 100. Bach, Three Part
Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata in C minor, Op. 10; Mozart, Fantasy
in D minor; Chopin, Etude, Op. 10, No. 9; technic studies as deemed
necessary by the teacher.

21,22

Major and minor scales in 3rds, 6ths, lOths, quarter note at M.M.
92-96. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier or French Suites; Beethoven,
Op. 27, No. 1, or Op. 78; Chopin, Etude Op. 25, No. 4; technic
studies as deemed necessary by the teacher.

23,24

Major and minor scales quarter note at M.M. 120-132 and in 3rds,
6ths, lOths, quarter note at M.M. 100-108. Bach, Well Tempered
Clavier or English Suites; Beethoven, Op. 31, No. 2, or Op. 90;
Brahms, Intermezzo Op. 117, No. 2; Chopin Etude Op. 10, No. 3;
technic studies as deemed necessary by the teacher.

183

Music

Organ

Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing;
Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing.

3,4

Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale Preludes;

simpler works of more modern composers; hymn playing.

21, 22

More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Preludes;
selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc.

23, 24

Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected modern
composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc.

Voice
7,2

Establishment of correct breath and pronunciation habits through
complementing physical and phonetic exercises. Clarity of diction,
pitch poise, legato singing and consistent reference to mezzo voce
stressed. Early Italian, folk and folk-like songs in English.

3,4

Vocalises to induce more facility in the medium range. Studies in
messa di voce, portamenti, and grupetti stressed. Repertoire to include
moderately difficult arias of the Classic school and early Romantic
art songs. Participation in student recitals.

21, 22

Extended scales and arpeggi. Execution of vocal fiortura. Elimination
of registers and an even-timbered quality throughout the range
stressed. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and
arias of the Romantic school in original language. Participation
in student recitals, oratorio and music-drama.

23, 24

Attention to the development of individual style; selection and
interpretation of repertoire best suited to the student's particular
expression bent. More difficult songs and arias of all schools in
original language. Senior Recital.

184

Music

Orchestral and Band Instruments

Flute

1-24

Trumpet 1-24

Violin

1-24

Oboe

1-24

French Horn 1-24

Viola

1-24

Clarinet

1-24

Trombone 1-24

Cello

1-24

Bassoon

1-24

Euphonium 1 -24

Double Bass

1-24

Saxophone

1-24

Tuba 1-24

Percussion

1-24

Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales,
and technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments,
phrasing, etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from
band and orchestral literature and applied transpositions.

Secondary Courses

Piano 7a-4a

All major and minor scales and I, IV and V7 chords and inver-
sions. Improvisation of simple harmonizations of familiar songs.
Sight-reading of community songs and hymns. Transposition of
melodies with simple harmonic accompaniments. Study of appro-
priate standard piano literature.

37, 38. Literature of the Piano

A survey course designed to acquaint students with some of the teach-
ing materials of the piano. Several large works from the standard
repertoire will be studied in detail during the second semester.

Th 6 Credit, 1 hour each semester

43, 44. Brass Instruments Class

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the Brass
family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

45, 46. String Instruments Class

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the String
family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

47, 48. Woodwind Instruments Class

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the Wood-
wind family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice.
Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

185

Philosophy

49, 50. Percussion Instruments Class

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the
Percussion family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours prac-
tice.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

51, 52. Semi-Private Voice Class

Classes will consist of at least four students each. Offered to qualified
students interested in making a study of voice class materials, or, as
preparation for the private voice courses. Minimum of five hours
practice.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

Applied Music Fees

Students enrolled for individual or class study in

applied music as offered above will note the following

schedule of semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable

to the Treasurer not later than November 1 and March

1, respectively.

One lesson per week in piano or organ $72.00

One lesson per week in voice 60.00

One lesson per week in orchestral or band instruments . . . 60.00
Class instruction in voice, or band and orchestra instru-
ments, per student (minimum total for any one class,

4 students) 30.00

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one hour

daily) 6.00

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two hours

daily) 10.00

Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00

Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00

Other instrument rental per semester 5.00

Philosophy
Professor Reid
Associate Professor Helm
Instructors Murphy, Roebuck
The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced
students in Philosophy, was established in 1934 by an

186

Philosophy

endowment, in perpetuity for the department, of $4,000
by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the
endowment is used to provide books for the seminar
library which now contains about 3,400 volumes. In
1960, friends of the department established the A. G.
Reid Philosophy Fund. The annual income from this
endowment is used to support the departmental library
and to provide lectures on the "Relation of Philosophy
to Christian Faith." The furniture of the department
was donated in honor of Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough
by their children.

A major in this department requires 24 credit hours,
including Philosophy 23, 31, 32, 39, 41.

22. Introductory Philosophy

A course designed to introduce to the student the major systems of
philosophy, from the early Greeks to the medieval period. Required
of all candidates for the degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of
science. Junior standing normally required; second semester sopho-
mores admitted by departmental permission only.
MW F 1, 2, 3, 6; TThS 1,2

23. Modern Philosophy

A course designed to introduce the student to the major systems of
modern philosophy, from the sixteenth through the nineteenth
centuries.

M WF2

26, 27. Readings in Philosophy

Approximately fifteen great books, in or closely related to philosophy,
will be read each semester. Prerequisite, Philosophy 22 and special
permission.
M WF4

31, 32. Seminar: Ancient and Modern Philosophy

A careful examination of ancient and modern types of philosophy.
Prerequisite, Philosophy 22 and 23 and special permission.

T Th 1-2 Credit, 3 hours each semester

187

Philosophy

33, 34. Seminar: Epistemology

A comprehensive survey of philosophical conceptions of knowledge.
Prerequisite, Philosophy 22 and 23, and senior standing.

T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours each semester

35, 36. Plato and Aristotle

Plato's dialogues and sections of Aristotle's works. Prerequisite,
Philosophy 22.
TTh4

37, 38. Hegel and Spinoza

Extensive readings and reports. Prerequisite, Philosophy 22.
T Th6

39. Philosophy of Religion

A critical consideration of the philosophical aspects of religious
thought. Prerequisite, Philosophy 22.
M WF4

41 . Logic

An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of
fallacies, and logical analysis. Prerequisite, Philosophy 22.
M W F3

43. Ethics

A critical study of the fundamental problems of morals. Readings
in the ethical works of Western philosophers. Prerequisite, Philosophy
22.

MWF7

45. Medieval Philosophy

An examination of the philosophy of the Middle Ages, concentrating
especially on the thought of Christian Scholastics, involving also a
study of the works of Moslem and Jewish scholars of the period.
Prerequisite, Philosophy 22.
Three hours to be arranged

Al . Contemporary Philosophy

A study of systems of philosophical thought of the twentieth century,
with emphasis upon their origins and distinctive characteristics.
Prerequisite, Philosophy 22.
M W F6

188

Physical Education

Professor Barrow
Associate Professor Dodson
Assistant Professors Crisp, Hooks
Instructors Casey, Ellison, Jordan, Ogden,
Stallings

The purpose of the Department of Physical Educa-
tion is to organize, administer and supervise the follow-
ing programs: (1) Required Physical Education
Program consisting of conditioning activities, varied
team and individual sports, special corrective and
remedial instruction to all students with physical prob-
lems according to the individual's need, and to teach a
few basic fundamentals of hygienic living which must
be observed to maintain a state of health and physical
fitness. (2) Intramural Sports Program which al-
lows all students to participate and specialize in varied
individual and team sports which will be of lifelong
benefit. (3) Supervised Recreation Program con-
sisting of varied recreational and leisure time activities.
(4) Professional Curriculum Program which will
offer the necessary training for those interested in the
fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and
Athletic Coaching.

I
Required Physical Education

Physical Education 1 and 2 are required of all fresh-
men and transfer students who have not complied with
this requirement. For those men enrolled in ROTC,
Physical Education 1 and 2 requirement may be post-
poned until the sophomore year but must be completed
by the end of that second year of attendance in Wake

189

Physical Education

Forest College. Not more than four hours of required or
elective physical education may be counted toward graduation

1-2. Physical Education

A basic course consisting of body mechanics, basic health and physio-
logical principles, aquatics, team sports, rhythmic activities, and
individual and dual sports designed to develop fundamental skills.
Students' needs and interests will be met by allowing controlled
election of selected activities based upon the results of a standardized
proficiency examination and/or previous experiences.

Credit, 1 hour each semester
1-2. Physical Education {Special)

A course consisting of remedial instruction or non-activity units of
study for students with special problems, handicaps or medical
excuses.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

Elective Physical Education

For those students who wish to specialize in sports
activities beyond the requirement, a varied sports
program is offered. Any two of the courses listed below
may be elected for credit toward graduation. Prerequi-
site, Physical Education 1, 2.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each

9. Golf; Handball 15. Beginning and Intermediate

10. Badminton; Tennis Swimming

1 1 . Creative Rhythms 1 6. Advanced Swimming

13. Gymnastics; Tumbling 17. Creative Dance

14. Archery; Golf 18. Life Saving; Water Sports

19. Weight Training and Con-
ditioning

III

Courses for Major Students

Students desiring to elect a major in Health and Physi-
cal Education and to satisfy the State requirements for

190

Physical Education

a teaching certificate must be of Junior standing, and
will be required to have the following courses: Biology
1, 2; three (3) hours in Physiology of Exercise; and three
(3) hours in Human Anatomy. In addition to the above
required foundation sciences a minimum of 29 hours is
required in Health and Physical Education as follows:
7, 8, 31, 32, 34, 41, 42, 45, 48 and a minimum of five
courses in five different areas of the following applied
technique courses: 30, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, and 40.
Courses 35 and 38 are classified as one area.

7, 8. Physical Education

Required courses for major students in Physical Education consisting
of various physical education activities which are essential to a well
rounded program.

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester

21. Human Anatomy

A course designed to meet the needs of students in Physical Education
in which the basic principles of human anatomy are a requisite for
a working knowledge of the human body.
T ThS2

22. Physiology of Exercise

This course presents the many effects of muscular activity on the
processes of the body which constitutes the scientific basis of Physical
Education.
M WF 1

30. Methods and Materials in Tumbling, Stunts, and

Gymnastics
Offered spring 1 959 and alternate years. Credit, 2 hours

31. Principles of Physical Education and Recreation

A general introductory course and orientation to Health, Physical
Education and Recreation and its relation to general education and
the present organization of society.
M WF 1

191

Physical Education

32. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical

Education

A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Edu-
cation and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program.
M W F 3

33. Methods and Materials in Group Games of Low Organi-

zation
M W F4 Credit, 2 hours

34. First Aid — Safety — Athletic Injuries

A course in safety education and prevention of accidents with
practical application of first aid and treatment of minor athletic
injuries.

TThS2

35. Theory of Coaching Baseball and Basketball

Credit, 2 hours

36. Individual Sports

37. Team Sports

38. Theory of Coaching Football and Track

39. Aquatics

40. Methods and Materials in Dance

Credit, 2 hours
Credit, 2 hours
Credit, 2 hours
Credit, 2 hours
Credit, 2 hours

41. Individual Physical Education

A course in body mechanics and kinesiology dealing with a program
for all handicapped and special problems in Health and Physical
Education.
TThS 1

192

Physics

42. Problems in Health Education

This course presents methods and materials for the teaching of

health and the current research in the field.

M WF2

44. Organization and Administration of Recreation

A course in recreational problems and the administration of the
several types of recreation.
MWF3

45. Teaching of Health and Physical Education *

A course for students in the field of Health and Physical Education
where emphasis is placed on the fundamentals of teaching, laws of
learning and other essentials.
M WF2

48. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical

Education
A course in measurement techniques to determine pupil status in
established standards of Health and Physical Education which
reflect the prevailing educational philosophy.

T Th 1 Credit, 2 hours

49. Recreation Leadership

This course emphasizes the various theoretical and practical aspects
of leadership in various types of recreation.
M WF 3

Physics
Professor Turner
Assistant Professors Brehme, Shields, Williams

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College,
the requirements for a B.S. degree with a major in
Physics are 32 hours of physics which must include
courses 11, 12, 26, 28, 33, 34 and 37, Chemistry 1-12
and Mathematics through differential equations.

* Required Education course in major field counting toward Education requirement.

193

Physics

The following is a suggested schedule for Physics
Majors. Electives must be chosen in consultation with
the major adviser. Military Science may be taken in
addition to the courses listed.

Freshmen Year

Sophomore Year

Physics

1,2

Physics

11,

*Mathematics

5, 11

Mathematics

12,

English

1,2

Chemistry

History

1,2

English

*Language

1,2

Language

Physical Education

1,2

Junior Year

Senior Year

Physics

26,28

Physics

33,

Math

31,38

* * *Physics

24,

Religion

1,2

Philosophy

Political Science

11, 12

Physics

or Business

Electives

Administration

3,4

1,2. General Physics * * * *

A basic course for freshman and sophomores including, the elements
of mechanics, properties of matter, wave motion, sound heat, elec-
tricity and magnetism, light and some of the recent developments
in Physics. Three hours lecture, two hours laboratory.

Credit, 4 hours each semester

1 1 . Mechanics

The fundamental principles of statics of particles and rigid bodies,
conservation of energy, conservation of momentum, elasticity,
damped harmonic motion, temperature and heat with an intro-
duction to the laws of thermodynamics. Corequisite, Math. 1 1 .

M W F 4 Credit, 4 hours

12. Electricity and Optics

Fundamentals of electrostatics, potentials, and fields; introduction
to D.C. and A.C. circuit theory and measurement: fundamentals

* Students may be required to elect Math 6 before Math 11.

** German preferred, French allowed.

•** Electives.

**** Upperclassmen may elect this course but will be given additional assignments.

194

Physics

of electro-magnetic wave propagation and interaction with matter.

Corequisite, Math 12. Prerequisite, Physics 11.

M W F 2 Credit, 4 hours

20. Descriptive Astronomy

An introductory study of the universe from the solar system to the
galaxies, with discussions of the celestial sphere and celestial navi-
gation. Several class meetings will be scheduled in the evening for
purposes of observation. Credit, 3 hours

24. Electronics

Elements of electron theory including a study of electrons in vacuum
tubes and semi-conduction devices. An analysis is made of basic
circuits including amplifiers, oscillators, scalers, and those circuits
used in basic research. Prerequisite, Physics 12.

Credit, 4 hours

26. Thermodynamics

A treatment of temperature measurements, elementary kinetic
theory, transfer of heat, laws of thermodynamics, change of state,
with applications to the problems of physics and chemistry. Pre-
requisites, Physics 2 and Math 12. Credit, 3 hours

27. Physical Optics

A study of reflection and refraction, lenses and mirrors, optical in-
struments, electromagnetic waves, interference and diffraction
phenomena, polarized light, and interaction of light with matter.
Prerequisite, Physics 2. Credit, 4 hours

28. Atomic Physics

An elementary treatment of electron theory, atomic structure, dual
nature of light, electromagnetic spectrum, X-rays, spectroscopy,
radioactivity, nuclear particles, and cosmic rays. Prerequisite,
Physics 2. Credit, 3 hours

30. Contemporary Physics

Selected topics in Nuclear Physics, solid state physics and fields of
current interest. Registration by permission of the instructor.

Credit, 3 hours
33. Classical Mechanics

Selected topics in dynamics including the motion of a system of par-
ticles, rigid bodies, and a particle under the action of a central force.

195

Political Science

This course also includes a study of accelerated reference systems,
LaGrange and Hamilton equations, vibrating systems, normal co-
ordinates, vibrating strings and wave motion. Prerequisites, Physics
11, Math 38. Credit, 3 hours

34. Electromagnetic Theory

A study of the basic equations of electromagnetism with emphasis
on the meaning and application of Maxwell's equations. Prerequisite,
Physics 12, Math 38. Credit, 3 hours

37. Advanced Laboratory

Experimental work of an advanced nature on topics in heat and
thermodynamics, mechanics, atomic and nuclear physics; plus an
investigation performed individually under the personal direction
of a member of the staff on a current research project in the depart-
ment. Open only to senior physics majors. Credit, 3 hours

38. Research

Library, conference, and laboratory work performed on an individual
basis. Open only to students with a superior record. Six hours a week.
Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Credit, 2 hours

Political Science

Professor Richards

Associate Professor Jumper

Assistant Professors J. E. Anderson, Gregg

The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must
include Political Science 11 and 12. The remaining 24
hours in the major and 18 hours of required work in
related fields are selected by the student and the Political
Science adviser. Political Science 11 is prerequisite for
all other courses in the field except Political Science 15
and 16. Students of demonstrated ability, however,
may be admitted to advanced courses with the written
approval of their major adviser and the instructor con-
cerned.

196

Political Science

American Government

11 5 12. Government and Politics in the United States

A survey course in the origins and characteristics of American political
institutions at the national, state, and local levels and the problems
and policies of American government in the areas of public finance,
regulation of business, agriculture, labor, social welfare, national
defense, and foreign affairs.

Any student who, in the opinion of the Department of Political
Science, shows adequate proficiency in American government may
be permitted to substitute Political Science 13, 14, 23, 27, or 35 for
Political Science 12. Credit, 3 hours each semester

23. American Political Parties

A study of the organization and functions of parties and pressure
groups in American politics, methods of nominating candidates for
public office, problems of American suffrage, campaign techniques,
and the administration of elections. Credit, 3 hours

25, 26. American Constitutional Law

A study of the American constitutional system as interpreted and
developed through judical interpretation. The first semester is de-
voted to a consideration of the Supreme Court as an institution of
government, its structure and function in the American political
process, and court decisions affecting the three branches of the na-
tional government and the nature of the federal system. The second
semester is devoted to a study of decisions affecting civil rights, with
special emphasis on such topics as freedom of speech, press, religion,
and assembly; substantive due process of law; equal protection of
the laws; and procedural rights granted the criminally accused.

Credit, 3 hours each semester

30. Public Administration

An introductory study of the place of administration in the govern-
mental process with special emphasis on the concepts of administra-
tive organization, methods of administrative control, personnel and
fiscal management. Current problems and developments are stressed.
This course may count as Political Science or Business Administra-

197

Political Science

tion, but not both. At the time of registration the student must de-
termine in which field credit is desired. Credit, 3 hours

33. Government and the Economy

An examination of the role of government in the American economy.
Primary attention will be given to historical, legal, and political
aspects of government policies in regard to monopoly, agriculture,
and labor. Selected problems in other areas of interest will also be
considered. Credit, 3 hours

35. Problems in State and Local Government

An advanced course in which selected problems of state, county,
municipal, and metropolitan governments are given intensive con-
sideration. Special emphasis will be given to the state of North Caro-
lina and its political subdivisions. Credit, 3 hours

36. The Legislative Function and Policy Formation

A survey of the legislative function in government. Topics considered
include the theory of representative government; legislative structure,
organization, and procedure; party organization and influence in
legislative bodies; the influence of pressure groups and lobbying in
the legislative process; relationships between legislatures and other
branches of government. Current issues and problems are stressed.

Credit, 3 hours

Comparative Government

13. Comparative Government: Great Britain and France

A comparative study of the governments and political culture of
Great Britain and France. Credit, 3 hours

14. Comparative Government: The Soviet Union and Germany
A comparative study of the governments and political culture of
L ^e Soviet Union and Germany. Credit, 3 hours

15. 16. Introduction to Indian Political Cidture

This course may count as Political Science or History, but not both.
At the time of registration the student must determine in which field
credit is desired. See History 15, 16. Credit, 3 hours each semester

198

Political Science

21. Introduction to the Political Culture of China and Japan

Attention will be given in this course to the development of the
political thought and political institutions of East Asia with primary
emphasis on China and Japan. While principal consideration will be
given to the modern period, considerable time will be devoted to
the traditional background. Credit, 3 hours

22. Introduction to the Political Culture of Southeast Asia

Attention will be given in this Course to the development of the
political thought and political institutions of the various countries
of Southeast Asia, with primary focus on Viet Nam, Burma, Thailand,
Indonesia, and the Philippines. While the main emphasis will be on
the modern period, considerable time will be devoted to the tradi-
tional background. Credit, 3 hours

33, 34. Modern India

This course may count as Political Science or History, but not both
At the time of registration the student must determine in which field
credit is desired. See History 33, 34. Credit, 3 hours each semester

III

International Politics

27. International Relations: Principles and Organization

A study of the techniques and policies utilized by nations in their re-
lations with each other. Special consideration is given to the concept
of power politics, the role of international law and organization, and
the patterns of diplomatic practice. Credit, 3 hours

28. International Relations: Current Problems

A study devoted to causes behind, national attitudes toward, and
attempted solutions of selected problems in the current international
scene. Consideration will be given to such subjects as disarmament,
controls for outer space, the underdeveloped areas, and national
self-determination. Credit, 3 hours

29. The United Nations

A study of the United Nations, its historical antecedents in inter-
national organization, its structure, and its functions. Special con-
sideration is devoted to bloc politics, to the performance of the United
Nations in selected crises, and to its continuing activity in non-
political or functional areas. Credit, 3 hours

199

Psychology

Political Theory

31. Political Theory: Ancient Greece through the Eighteenth

Century

A study devoted to the reading and discussion of selected writers in
political theory from ancient Greece to the French Revolution.
Special attention is given to Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes,
Locke, Rousseau, and Burke. Credit, 3 hours

32. Political Theory: Nineteenth and Twentieth Century

A study devoted to the reading and discussion of selected writers in
modern political thought. Special consideration will be given to
Mill, Hegel, Marx, Engels, Lenin, and the theorists of Democratic
Socialism and the Welfare State. Credit, 3 hours

Research

41, 42. Research in Political Science

An advanced course devoted to extensive reading and research in
the field of Political Science. Admission to the course is by permission
of the Department only. On the average, class meetings will be held
three hours each week. Credit, 3 hours each semester

Psychology

Professors Williams, Dashiell
Assistant Professors Beck, Hills

The department presents Psychology as one of the
life sciences, since the basic subject matter and point
of view are biological, and also as one of the behavioral
sciences, with applications of psychological methods to
human-social fields. Psychology 11 is prerequisite for

200

Psychology

all other courses. A student majoring in the department
will be expected to complete 30 hours of work, including
courses numbered 21-22, 27 or 28 or 47 or 48, 25 or 37
or 38, 32 or 35 or 40, and 50.

11. Introductory Psychology

A systematic survey of Psychology as a natural science. Sophomore
standing required. Three hours lecture-demonstration. Prerequisite
to all other courses in Psychology. Credit, 3 hours

21, 22. Introduction to Experimental and Quantitative

Methods.

An introduction to classical and contemporary problems in psy-
chological research, general methods and techniques used in their
solution, elementary psychological statistics and their applications.
Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester

25. Developmental Psychology

A survey of the human life span from neonatal stages through old
age. The behavior changes resulting from maturation and aging
interacting with learning will be studied factually. Children and older
subjects to be studied by experiment and measurement. Two hours
lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours

27. Comparative Psychology

A survey of the evolution of behavior and essential morphology from
protozoa to primates. Experimentation on simple (reflex) and com-
plex (learning) functions of the white rat and other available forms.
Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours

28. Physiological Psychology

Integrative and reactive (neural and chemical) functions of the
human body as they involve structures in the receptive, the reactive,
and the central phases of action, emotion, and thought. Two hours
lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours

32. Psychology of Adjustment

Analysis of the principles by which habits and patterns of adjust-
ment are learned and maintained, particularly as these principles
have application to the emotional and social adjustment of the normal

201

Psychology

individual. Intended primarily for students not majoring in Psy-
chology. Not to be taken by one who has taken Psychology 35. Three
hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours

35. Abnormal Psychology

Descriptive analyses of the major mental disorders with a canvassing
of attempts at interpretation, and major types of therapy. Some
observation of concrete cases will be attempted. Three hours lecture.
Enrollment upon consent of instructor. Credit, 3 hours

36. Psychology of Business and Industry

Psychological principles and methods applied to problems commonly
encountered in business and industry. Three hours lecture.

Credit, 3 hours

37. Personality Theory and Research

An introduction to classical and contemporary theories of personality
and a comparative evaluation of major theories in terms of relevant
research studies. The journal literature is used to introduce the stu-
dent to research problems and methodology in this area. Three
hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours

38. Social Psychology

Interest will be centered on investigative methods in main areas,
such as socialization of the individual, group dynamics, individual
differences, attitude and opinion measurement. Two hours lecture,
two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours

40. Psychological Appraisal

An introduction to the theory and techniques of psychological ap-
praisal with particular emphasis on psychological tests. The course
includes the demonstration of various appraisal techniques but is
not intended to train the student as a practitioner. Two hours lec-
ture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours

43. Psychological Statistics

Since the statistical procedures are applicable to either populational
or experimental data, this course may count as either Psychology or
Sociology, but not both. At the time of registration the student must
determine in which field credit is desired. Not to be taken by one
who has taken Psychology 21-22. One who takes this course may
not receive credit in Bus. Ad. 37, Math 35, or Sociology 43. Two
hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours

202

Religion

45, 46. Original Problems

Research problems to be attacked experimentally or statistically by
students majoring in the department. Emphasis is placed on inde-
pendent work with only guidance from the instructor. Either or
both courses may be elected. Four hours laboratory. Prerequisites:
Psychology 21-22, consent of instructor. Credit, 2 hoars each semester

47, 48. Advanced Theory and Method

Two courses to be offered at an advanced level, emphasizing current
problems that are being attacked experimentally and theoretically.
The journal literature will furnish an important source of material
for group discussion, in seminar fashion. I. Sensation and Perception.
II. Learning and Motivation. During any given year only one of the
courses will be offered. Prerequisites: psychology 21, 22.

Credit, 3 hours each semester

50. History and Systems of Psychology

After noting some psychological concepts in ancient and early modern
thinking, this course places major emphasis upon nineteenth and
twentieth century developments in Germany, France, Britain, Russia,
and America. For senior majors, and others upon consent of the
instructor. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours

Religion

Professors Easley, Griffin, Herring

Associate Professors Angell, Bryan, Dyer, E.

W. Hamrick
Assistant Professor Via

The Department of Religion offers courses of instruc-
tion designed to give every student entering Wake Forest
an opportunity to acquire at least an introduction to
the life, literature and the most important movements
in the field of religion. It also seeks to give to students
preparing for specialized service, as religious education
directors, ministers, and missionaries, the foundational
courses needed for further study.

203

Religion

Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees.
These may be taken from the offerings of the depart-
ment in the Biblical field as follows: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 22, 25,
26, 31, 33, 35.

A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — 12
hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours from other offer-
ings of the Department of Religion. At least half of the
30 hours must be in courses numbered 20 or above.

A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit
hours — 12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected
from the following: Religion 40, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 56,
72, 77; Music 29, 30.

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their
program of study, in addition to courses in Religion,
courses in Philosophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking,
and two languages, Greek or Latin, and German or
French.

Consult Summer Session Bulletin for courses offered
only in the Summer Session.

Basic Courses

1. Introduction to the Old Testament

A survey of the Old Testament designed to introduce the student to
the history, literature and religion of the ancient Hebrews.

Credit, 3 hours

2. Introduction to the New Testament

A survey of the environment, literature and thought of the New
Testament intended to introduce the student to the significance of
the ministry of Jesus and the origins of the Christian Church. Pre-
requisite, Religion 1. Credit, 3 hours

3. The Hebrew Prophets

A study of the background, personal characteristics, function, mes-
sage, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets.
Prerequisite, Religion 1 . Credit, 3 hours

204

Religion

5. The Life and Teachings of Jesus

A study of the life and teachings of Jesus as they are presented in
the Gospels; purpose, to acquaint the student with the environment,
personality, work and message of the historical Jesus. Not open to
students who have credit for a New Testament survey course. Pre-
requisite, Religion 1 . Credit, 3 hours

6. The Life and Teachings of Paul

A survey of the life and teachings of Paul as they are given in Acts
and in the Epistles; special consideration to Paul's contribution to
the expansion and the literature of Christianity. Not open to students
who have credit for a New Testament survey course. Prerequisite,
Religion 1 . Credit, 3 hours

7. The Bible Through the Ages

A study of the beginnings, development, and transmission of the
Bible with special attention to the formation of the canon and the
history of Biblical translation. Prerequisite, Religion 1 . Credit, 3 hours

Additional Biblical Studies

22. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology

A survey of the contributions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical
studies. Prerequisite, Religion 1.
M WF7

25. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament

A study of the narrative books of the Old Testament from Genesis
through Esther, with special emphasis upon the historical develop-
ment of the literature and the religious purpose of the authors. Pre-
requisite, Religion 1.
T ThS2

26. The Poetic Literature of the Old Testament

A study of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Song of Solomon, Lamentations,
with some attention to scattered poems in other Old Testament
books. Prerequisite, Religion 1.
TThS2

205

Religion

31. An Introduction to New Testament Thought

A consideration of the major developing themes of the New Testa-
ment as they are seen to grow out of the proclamation of the earliest
church. Prerequisite, Religion I.
MWF2

32. Johannine Literature

A thorough consideration of the Gospel of John, First John, and
Revelation. Prerequisite, Religion 1 and 2 or 4.
M WF2

35. New Testament Literature

A study of the books of the New Testament with special emphasis
upon the purpose, religious teachings, and general content of each
book. Prerequisite, Religion 2 or 4.
M W F 1

37. Major Epistles of Paul

A thorough consideration of two of Paul's major epistles to be chosen
from the following: Romans, 1 Corinthians, 2 Corinthians, Galatians,
and Colossians. Prerequisite, Religion 1 and 2 or 4.
M W F 2

III

Christian Ethics

33. Biblical Ethics

The development of ethical monotheism in the Torah and prophetic
writings, its fulfillment in the love ethic of Jesus, and its application
in the Early Church under the guidance of Paul.
M W F4

36. Christianity and Society

An exposition of the ethical teachings of Jesus relating to society;
special attention to the application of Christian principles to the
social problems of the Southeastern States.
T Th 6-7

38. Church and Community

An examination of the basic needs and trends of the contemporary
community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the

206

Religion

Christian norms for "the good community" (koinonia) ; the strategy
of the church in constructive community relations.
T Th 6-7

IV
Religious Education

40. Theory of Religious Education

A study of the nature and meaning of religious education with
emphasis upon the basic foundations in religion and education.
Attention is given to various viewpoints about learning; to objectives;
to a consideration of curriculum.
M WF3

43. Administration of Religious Education

The aim of this course is to prepare students for practical leadership
in the educational work of the churches. Emphasis is laid upon the
church school and other auxiliary agencies, through which the
churches carry on their program of education, and upon practical
methods of organizing and administering such a program.
M W F2

44. Teaching of Religion: Methods and Materials

A study of the principles and purposes of method and of the use of
methods and materials in the field of religious education especially
as it is related to the work within the local church and community.
This course may be credited as Education for those who are ap-
plicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education.
T Th 7-8

45. Psychology of Religion

An examination of the psychological elements in the origin, develop-
ment, and expression of religious experience. Informal lectures and
class discussions on assigned readings.
TThS2

47. The Religious Education of Children

Designed as an introduction to the study of child development and
its significance for the home and church in regard to religious edu-
cation. The course deals specifically with age groups from the nursery
through juniors.
M WF7

207

Religion

48. The Religious Education of Young People and Adults

A study of growth and development from adolescence through
adulthood, with emphasis on the role of home and church as re-
ligious educators.
M WF7

Church Administration

54. Life and Work of the Minister

A study of the Christian ministry designed to help the student pre-
pare himself for this calling. Pastoral dudes, ministerial ethics, and
other related functions will be studied.
M WF 3

56. Worship

A study of programs, source materials, and leadership in public
worship designed to meet the needs of pastors and ministers of edu-
cation.

M W F4

Historical and Doctrinal Studies

71. World Religions

The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and accomplish-
ments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical
point of view.
T Th 4-5

72. The History of Christianity

A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church with particular
attention to Baptist policy and principles and the missionary move-
ment of the last two centuries.
T Th 4-5

75. The Development of Christian Doctrine
A study of the history of Christian thought, beginning with its He-
braic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development
to modern times.
TThS2

208

Sociology

76. Contemporary Christian Thought

An examination of the types of contemporary Christian theology,
such as Protestant Orthodoxy, Thomism, Liberalism, Modernism,
and Neo-Orthodoxy.
TThS2

11. Biblical Doctrines

A systematic study of the principal doctrines of Christianity as they
are found in the Bible, such as Revelation, God, the Trinity, the
Incarnation, Man, Sin, and Salvation.

M WF3

78. Man in Christian Theology and Modern Literature

A study of the nature and predicament of man as seen in the Bible
and contemporary theology as over against conflicting views of man
implied in selected works of modern fiction.
M WF2

Sociology

Professor Patrick
Associate Professor Banks*
Assistant Professors Amis, Chee
Instructor Pace
Lecturer McDowell

The requirement for a major in Sociology is 30 hours.
Students who choose Sociology to meet the basic course
requirements will take Sociology 11 and any course
numbered in the 20's or 30's, except 34.

Consult Summer Session Bulletin for courses offered
only in the Summer Session.

1 1 . Principles of Sociology

A general introduction to the field of Sociology: social origins; culture;
human nature; collective behavior; communities; social institutions;
social change. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Credit, 3 hours

* Absent on leave, 1960-61.

209

Sociology

23. Industrial Sociology

A study stressing the relationship between industry and society,
industry and the community, work groups and work relations, the
role of the worker in work groups, and the social organization within
industry. Prerequisite, Sociology 1 1 . Credit, 3 hours

24. Personal Adjustment in Industry

A socio-psychological study of the worker in an industrial civiliza-
tion; emphasizing social attitudes, industrial morale, leadership,
training, and the influence of the work group on the laborer; special
emphasis also is given to the importance of testing, guidance, and
counseling. Prerequisite, Sociology 1 1 . Credit, 3 hours

25. Cultural Anthropology

An introduction to the scientific study of culture using materials
and concepts derived from the study of prehistoric and primitive
cultures. The field of physical anthropology is surveyed and students
are given an opportunity to do field and laboratory work in arche-
ology. Credit, 3 hours

26. Race and Culture

A study of racial and ethnic groups from a cultural point of view.
A number of inter-racial areas of the world are analyzed with
especial reference to Hawaii, Brazil, South Africa, and the United
States. Prerequisite, Sociology 11. Credit, 3 hours

27. Public Opinion and Propaganda

The nature and development of public opinion; its relation to atti-
tude, biases, stereotypes and controversial issues. The place of com-
munication in formal and informal means of control; role of leaders,
pressure groups and minority groups; propaganda and censorship;
use of radio, press, motion picture and graphic arts; and measure-
ment of public opinion. Prerequisite, Sociology 11. Credit, 3 hours

28. Culture and Personality

A study of the relations between the individual and his society,
including the influence of culture in shaping personalities and the
part the individual plays in carrying on or changing his culture.
Prerequisite, Sociology 1 1 . Credit, 3 hours

29. Social Deviation and Disorganization

A study of the theoretical approaches to some of the principal social
and personal problems in contemporary society. Primary emphasis

210

Sociology

will be given to the relationship between social structure and social
problems. Prerequisite, Sociology 11. Credit, 3 hours

30. Sociology of Child Development

A study of the process of socialization in the light of contemporary
behavioral science; the primary factors in personality development;
the relations between personality and social structure. Prerequisite,
Sociology 1 1 . Credit, 3 hours

31. Criminology

A study of crime from the point of view of its nature, causes, personal
and social consequences, and methods of treatment and prevention.
Prerequisite, Sociology 1 1 . Credit, 3 hours

32. The Community

A survey of materials relating to the community as a unit of socio-
logical investigation. The structure and functioning of folk, rural and
urban communities will be studied in order to bring out the general
principles that apply to this form of social organization. Prerequisite,
Sociology 1 1 . Credit, 3 hours

33. Peoples of the World

A survey of representative cultures from the major culture areas of
the world, chosen to illustrate the basic principles of ethnology and
to acquaint the student with the facts of cultural diversity. Prerequi-
site, Sociology 11. Credit, 3 hours

34. Introduction to Social Work

This is a pre-professional course which is designed to introduce the
student to social work and its various fields. This course carries
3 hours credit with field work, 2 hours without field work. Prere-
quisite Sociology 1 1 and permission of the instructor.

Credit, 2 or 3 hours

38. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems

This course is designed primarily to develop in the student a knowl-
edge and an understanding of the basic social and cultural systems
of the orient. Major emphasis will be given to the study of the process
of socialization and social institutions. The influence of current
cultural contacts with the West and consequent changes in the tra-
ditional social institutions will be discussed. Prerequisite, Sociology 11.

Credit, 3 hours

211

Speech

43. Social Statistics

This course is designed primarily for the first year of statistics for
students in Sociology and related fields. It will deal with research
designs, the collection, tabulation, charting, analysis, and summariza-
tion of data. Emphasis will be upon the application rather than the
theory of statistical methods. This course may count as either Soci-
ology or Psychology, but not both. At the time of registration the
student must determine in which field credit is desired. One who
takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 37, Math 35 or
Psychology 43. Credit, 3 hours

46. Contemporary Social Theory

A systematic study of the major writings in the development of
modern sociological thought. The sociological theories of recent
writers will be critically examined with a view to laying the founda-
tions for the student's own constructive theory of social life. Pre-
requisite, Sociology 1 1 . Credit, 3 hours

47. Social Research

A survey of the field of sociological research. Practice in the methods
of developing studies and analyzing sociological data is emphasized.
Prerequisite, Sociology 1 1 , senior standing, and permission of the
instructor. Credit, 3 hours

48. Marriage and the Family

A study of the social basis and importance of the family, with especial
reference to the influence of social change on family life and the
problems growing out of modern conditions. Credit, 3 hours

49. 50. Seminar

A reading and research seminar for majors in Sociology. Students
will normally register for 49 in their junior year and 50 in their
senior year. Credit, 1 hour each semester

Speech

Associate Professor Shirley
Assistant Professor Burroughs
Instructor Walton

The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours
which must include courses 13, 41, 54, 55, 56, and 57.

212

Speech

The Speech adviser will recommend the remaining 12
hours from courses that conform to the individual's
needs. Each Speech major is strongly urged to elect
courses in the Social Sciences, Psychology, Philosophy,
and Literature.

13. Speech Fundamentals

A study of the nature and fundamentals of Speech (voice, body
action, spoken language, and mental activity). Practice in the prep-
aration and delivery of short speeches; foundation work for advanced
speech study; use of tape recorder.
M WF 2,3,4,6; TTS4

14. Public Speaking

The preparation and presentation of short speeches to inform, con-
vince, actuate, and entertain with special emphasis on organization
and language. Experience in selecting, classifying, and recording ma-
terials; practice in effective delivery; use of tape recorder. Prerequi-
site, Speech 13.
MWF4

41. Introduction to Broadcasting

A study of the development and structure of radio and television
broadcasting in the United States with special attention to pro-
gramming and current problems in broadcasting. Laboratory work
in radio and television announcing.
M W F 6

42. Radio and Television Production

A study of the fundamentals of writing and directing radio and tele-
vision programs with laboratory work in producing dramas, docu-
mentaries, educational programs, and special events programs.
M W F 6

5 1 . History of the Theater

A survey of the development of theater from its earliest beginnings to
the present. Emphasis will be placed on Greek, Roman, French,
Italian, English, and American theater. Prerequisite, Junior standing.
M W F7

213

Speech

52. Theories of Acting

A study of the acting theories of the important actors and theater
theorists from Aristotle through Judith Anderson. Attention will be
given to acting techniques, practice in applying the various principles
involved in creating a characterization, and director-actor relation-
ships. Prerequisite, Junior standing. Credit, 3 hours
T Th 6-7

54. Public Discussion and Debate

Emphasis upon theory, principles, and practice of debate and dis-
cussion. Classroom practice in debate, open forum, committee meet-
ings, panels, and other types of discussion. Practice in techniques of
research, analysis, organization, and delivery relating to contro-
versies pertinent to our day.
M W F 7

55. Voice and Diction

A study of the principles of voice production with consideration to
the elimination of throat fatigue, huskiness, nasality, extremes of
pitch, indistinctness, monotony, and mispronunciation. Emphasis
placed on phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation. Students
voices are recorded.
M W F 2

56. Oral Interpretation of Literature

The development of adequate mental and emotional responsiveness
to literature and the ability to communicate this appreciation to
others by oral reading. Various types of literature used for study and
practice: the short story, old ballad, narrative poem, lyric, sonnet, and
essay.

M W F 2

57. Play Directing

A study of the theory and practice of play directing in the modern
theater with emphasis on the educational theater; training in selecting
and analyzing scripts; experience in casting and conducting rehearsals
from the point of view of the director; participation in laboratory and
College Theater productions.

T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours

58. Stagecraft

A study of the visual elements of play production: the theory of stage
design; color and line; the building and painting of scenery; the mak-

214

Asian Studies

ing of stage models; costuming and make-up; stage lighting, prop-
erties, and stage effects. Practical experience gained in laboratory
and College Theater productions.

T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours

60. Forms of Address

The composition and delivery of social, ceremonial, professional,
policy forming, and legislative addresses; emphasis placed on struc-
ture, support, and style; attention given to effective delivery; study
of classical and current speech texts; critical observations of speakers
outside the class; use of recording machine. Prerequisite, Speech 13
or permission of instructor.
M W F 6

63. American Public Address

The history and criticism of American public address through the
study of speeches of significant statesmen, lawyers, and clergymen
from colonial times to the present; emphasis on sources of effective-
ness.

M W F7

64. Speech Correction

An introductory study of principles and methods of speech correction.
Emphasis upon functional and pathological disorders with some
attention to problems of delayed speech, audiology, and sound sub-
stitutions. Observations and clinical practice will be provided.

T Th 4-5 Credit, 3 hours

The Asian Studies Program

As a result of a grant from the Mary Reynolds Bab-
cock Foundation, an Asian studies program was inaugu-
rated in the fall of 1960 at Wake Forest College, Salem
College, and Winston-Salem Teachers College. The
director of the program is Professor B. G. Gokhale, and
the following courses are available in the Wake Forest
College curriculum:
History 15, 16. Introduction to Indian Political Culture

(Not offered, 1961-62)
History 17, 18. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia
History 33, 34. Modern India
Hindi 1,2. Elementary Hindi

215

Asian Studies

Other related courses are offered in the departments
of political science and sociology:

Political Science 21. Introduction to the Political Culture
of China and Japan (Professor Jumper)

Political Science 22. Introduction to the Political Culture
of Southeast Asia (Professor Jumper)

Sociology 38. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems

(Professor Chee)

A description of each of these courses may be found
in the curriculum of the department concerned.

216

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

* Faculty

Harold Wayland Tribble, President
Gaines M. Rogers, Dean and Professor of Finance
Fleta Joyce Bateman, Instructor in Secretarial Studies
Leon P. Cook, Associate Professor of Accounting
Ralph C. Heath, Professor of Marketing
George Hobart, Visiting Professor of Economics
Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting
Oscar J. Lewis, Associate Professor of Accounting
Jeanne Owen, Associate Professor of Business Law
Charles M. Ramsey, Professor of Economics
Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management
Lyell J. Thomas, Associate Professor of Economics

Aims

The School of Business Administration was conceived
by the Administration and Trustees of Wake Forest Col-
lege to provide a liberal education and at the same time
the training essential for a career in business. With the
constant growth in the industrialization of the region
and the increase in the complexity of modern business, it
is felt that professional training for men of business be-
comes ever more essential. The future business leader,
as indeed the present, must be an individual with the
professional outlook, an individual of strength, culture,
and character. Therefore, it is believed that the School
of Business Administration operating in conjunction
with a Liberal Arts College, and with a background of
Christianity, represents the ideal combination in the
preparation for a career in business.

* See Administration and Faculty Sections for full information .

217

Business Administration

Admission

For admission to the School of Business Administration
a student should present 64 hours and 64 quality points.
In no case will a student be admitted without a minimum
of 54 hours and 54 quality points. In so far as possible
the courses outlined under the basic requirements for
the B.B.A. degree should be taken during the first two
years.

Accreditation

The School of Business Administration is a Member
of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of
Business.

Organizations

Two professional fraternities in business administra-
tion and commerce have installed chapters at Wake
Forest. The Gamma Nu Chapter of Delta Sigma Pi
and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa Psi
were granted charters in 1950. A local business sorority
for women students, Delta Kappa Nu, was organized
in 1953.

Awards

For a description of the following awards see pages
1 04-6 : Laura Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association of
Certified Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and
Company Medal, Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa
Psi Scholarship Key, Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key, Delta
Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award.

Dean's List Certificates are awarded to graduating
seniors receiving the B.B.A. degree who have appeared
on the Dean's List for two of the four semesters prior
to graduation.

218

Business Administration

Degrees

The School of Business Administration offers the
Bachelor of Business Administration degree and a
major in Economics or Commercial Education for
those taking the Bachelor of Arts degree.

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree re-
quires one hundred twenty-eight hours of college work.
A minimum of fifty-seven hours of prescribed work in
Business Administration must be taken. At least 128
quality points must be presented for graduation by those
who take all of their work here, 64 by those who enter
from other colleges. In no case may a student present
hours in excess of quality points. Each student seeking
the B.B.A. degree must take a minimum of nine hours
beyond the principles level in non-required work in one
area of concentration.
Courses required of all candidates for the B.B.A. degree:

Basic Requirements

Sociology 11-23

or
Psychology 11-36
English 1-2; 3-4 Political Science 11-12

History 1-2 Philosophy 22

Mathematics 2, 3 or 5, and 23 Business Administration 213-214
*Religion, 6 hours Business Administration 101-102

Science, 8 hours Choice of 6 hours:

(Laboratory science) *Language through 3-4 or

Physical Education 1, 2 Mathematics 24 and Speech 13

Professional Work
Business Administration 368 Business Administration 340

Business Administration 321 Business Administration 331

Business Administration 361-362 Business Administration 420
Business Administration 350 Business Administration 460

Students may obtain the Bachelor of Arts degree with
a major in Economics or a major in Commercial Edu-

• See page 114-15.

219

Business Administration

cation. For a major in Economics forty-two hours are
required in Economics and related fields with a mini-
mum of thirty hours in Economics. Principles of Eco-
nomics, Intermediate Economics, Money and Banking,
Business Statistics, and either Comparative Economic
Systems or History of Economic Thought must be
included. For a major in Commercial Education the
plan outlined under the General Commercial Certificate
listed below should be followed.

Teaching Certificates in Commerce

I. General Commercial Certificate

Students desiring a high school "A" certificate for
general commercial work must complete the following
courses in Business Administration:

Business Administration 213 Business Administration 450

Business Administration 214 Business Administration 451

*Business Administration 250 **Business Administration 201

Business Administration 101 Business Administration 340

Business Administration 102 Business Administration 352

Business Administration 251 Education 36

*Business Administration 359 Business Administration 344

II. Certification in Individual Areas

Students may be certified in any one of the following
individual fields upon completion of the prescribed
courses:

A. Typewriting (4 hours) C. Stenography (1 1 hours)

Business Administration 250 Business Administration 250 (or 251)
Business Administration 251 Business Administration 359, 450, 451

• Students whose high school transcripts Bhow satisfactory completion of one year
typing and one year shorthand may be excused from B.A. 250 and B.A. 359.
•• Or one of the following: B.A. 331, B.A. 333 or B.A. 332.

220

Business Administration

B. Accounting (15 hours) D. Basic Business (24 hours)

Business Administration 101 Economics, 12; Accounting or

Business Administration 102 Management, 12

Business Administration 201 Business Administration 213, 214

Business Administration 352 Business Administration 101, 102

Business Administration 201

3 additional hours in Accounting Business Administration 352

or management 6 additional hours in Economics

Fields of Concentration

The courses listed below are classified into areas of
concentration including both required and elective
courses. Each student seeking the B.B.A. degree must
take a minimum of nine hours beyond the principles
level in non-required work in one area of concentration.

Accounting

The accounting curriculum is designed to give all
candidates for degrees in Business Administration or
Economics basic knowledge which is essential in under-
standing and administering business operations. For
those who elect more than the minimum required work,
the curriculum makes available opportunity for training
for the more responsible accounting positions in industry
and government and also enables the student to prepare
himself for the Certified Public Accountant examination.

A major in accounting is offered to candidates for the
B.B.A. degree. In order to qualify as an accounting
major, the student must complete Business Administra-
tion 101 and 102, 201 and 202, 203, 204, and 404, and
three additional courses in accounting. A point-hour
ratio of 1.75 to 1 must be attained in accounting sub-
jects. Those who graduate as accounting majors are
permitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North

221

Business Administration

Carolina without qualifying experience which is other-
wise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not apply
for C.P.A. examination purposes.)

The senior accounting major may have the oppor-
tunity to obtain practical accounting experience and
training through the Accounting Internship Program.

It is recommended that the student interested in a
career in accounting begin his accounting studies during
his freshman year in college.

B.A. 101, 102 Principles of Accounting 6

B.A. 201, 202 Intermediate Accounting 6

B.A. 203 Cost Accounting 2

B.A. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 2

B.A. 301 Governmental Accounting 3

B.A. 302 Accounting Systems 3

B.A. 401 Advanced Accounting Problems I 3

B.A. 402 Advanced Accounting Problems II 3

B.A. 403 Income Tax Accounting 5

B.A. 404 Auditing 3

B.A. 405 Accounting Internship 2

B.A. 406 Current Accounting Theory 2

Economics

B.A. 210 Economic Geography 3

B.A. 213, 214 Principles of Economics 6

Intermediate Economics 3

Economic History of U.S. 3

Foreign Trade 3

Business Cycles 3

Principles of Transportation 3

Public Finance 3

Comparative Economic Systems 3

History of Economic Thought 3

Finance

Money and Banking 3

Investments 3

Credits and Collections 3

Income Tax Accounting 3

Public Finance 3

Corporation Finance 3

222

B.A.

310

B.A.

312

B.A.

314

B.A.

316

B.A.

346

B.A.

411

B.A.

412

B.A.

414

B.A.

321

B.A.

326

B.A.

342

B.A.

403

B.A.

411

B.A.

420

Business Administration

Management and Industrial Relations

B.A. 203 Cost Accounting 3

B.A. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 3

B.A. 316 Business Cycles 3

B.A. 331 Principles of Management 3

B.A. 332 Production Management 3

B.A. 333 Personnel Management 3

B.A. 368 Business Statistics 3

B.A. 431 Labor Legislation 3

B.A. 432 Wage and Salary Administration 3

B.A. 434 Labor Problems 3

Marketing

B.A. 340 Fundamentals of Marketing 3

B.A. 341 Advanced Marketing 3

B.A. 342 Credits and Collections 3

B.A. 344 Retailing 3

B.A. 346 Principles of Transportation 3

B.A. 440 Marketing Management 3

B.A. 442 Fundamentals of Selling 3

B.A. 444 Marketing Research 3

Secretarial Studies

B.A. 250 Elementary Typewriting 2

B.A. 251 Advanced Typewriting 2

B.A. 350 Business Correspondence 3

B.A. 352 Office Management 3

B.A. 359 Elementary Shorthand 3

B.A. 450 Advanced Shorthand 3

B.A. 451 Advanced Transcription 3

Ed. 36 Teaching of Business Education Subjects 3

General Business Courses

B.A. 360 Business Law 3

B.A. 361 Business Law 3

B.A. 364 Insurance 3

B.A. 366 Real Estate 3

B.A. 368 Business Statistics 3

B.A. 460 Quantitative Analysis of Business Data 3

223

Accounting

Public Administration

B.A. 270 Public Administration 3

B.A. 301 Governmental Accounting 3

B.A. 331 Principles of Management 3

B.A. 333 Personnel Management 3

B.A. 352 Office Management 3

B.A. 41 1 Public Finance 3

B.A. 432 Wage and Salary Administration 3
Pol. Sci. 11,12 National, State, and Local Government 3

Pol. Sci. 33 Government and Business 3

Description of Courses

Accounting

101-102. Principles of Accounting

The fundamental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation,
the accounting cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers.
Business Administration 101 is prerequisite to 102. Credit for B.A.
101 is withheld until B.A. 102 has been satisfactorily completed.

Credit, 3 hours each semester

201-202. Intermediate Accounting

A detailed analysis of problems and the related theory concerning
accounts normally found in financial statements. Preparation of
supplementary reports and statements designed for special purposes.
Prerequisite: Business Administration 102; 201 is prerequisite for 202.

Credit, 3 hours each semester

203. Cost Accounting

Theory and procedures used in accumulating product costs under
job lot production. Allocation and proration of manufacturing
costs is one of the major problems considered. Considerable atten-
tion is given to the analysis and interpretation of information ac-
cumulated through cost accounting procedures. Prerequisite: Business
Administration 102. Credit, 3 hours

204. Advanced Cost Accounting

A continuation of B.A. 203 for continuous process production. Pre-
determined cost procedures are studied with major emphasis placed
on variance analysis. Prerequisite: Business Administration 203.

Credit, 2 hours

224

Accounting

301. Governmental Accounting

The theory and technique in handling accounts for non-profit
institutions, and the preparation of reports and statements, with
special emphasis on state and local governmental units. Prerequisite:
Business Administration 201 Credit, 3 hours

302. Accounting Systems

A study of the functions which must be performed by an adequate
accounting system. Methods and procedures necessary to accomplish
these functions are examined and related to selected typical organiza-
tions. Prerequisites: Business Administration 201 and 203.

Credit, 3 hours

401. Advanced Accounting Problems — /

Advanced problems designed as preparation for the student who
intends to work for the G.P.A. certificate and for those who desire
a more thorough background in accounting. Prerequisite: Business
Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours

402. Advanced Accounting Problems — II

Advanced work in theory and practice of accounting designed to
help prepare the student for the C.P.A. examination and to enable
him to solve complex business problems. Prerequisite, Business
Administration 201 Credit, 3 hours

404. Auditing

A course designed to familiarize the student with the work of the
independent professional accountant, with particular emphasis upon
examination and verification of books and records and financial
statements taken therefrom. Prerequisites: Business Administration
202 and 204. Credit, 3 hours

405. Accounting Internship

This course may be taken only in conjunction with B.A. 404. The
student observes and participates in actual operations and submits
detailed reports thereon of his activity with a selected firm of certified
public accountants. Approval of the Dean of the School of Business
Administration is necessary for enrollment in the course. No credit
is granted until successful completion of B.A. 404 Credit, 2 hours

225
15

Economics

403. Income Tax Accounting

Unusual treatment of certain accounts to comply with the Internal
Revenue Code. Preparation of individual and corporate returns.
Prerequisite: Business Administration 201. Credit, 5 hours

406. Current Accounting Theory

A study of current problems and controversies in accounting theory.
Admission to the class is by permission of the instructor only. The
class meets in seminar fashion for two hours one day each week.

Credit, 2 hours

Economics

210. Economic Geography

A study of the climatic regions of the world and the economic ac-
tivity of each region, with a view toward integrating these into the
world economy. Offered in alternate years, beginning 1954-55.

Credit, 3 hours

213. Principles of Economics

An introductory course with emphasis on micro-economic analysis.
Basic economic concepts and theories of production, value and
price, economics of the firm, and functional distribution are the
principal topics considered. Throughout the course application of
relevant principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is
stressed. Credit, 3 hours

214. Principles of Economics

The emphasis in this course is on macro-economic analysis. Principal
topics considered are national income concepts, national income
analysis, money and banking, and problems of economic growth and
economic instability. Throughout the course application of relevant
principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is stressed.
Prerequisite; Business Administration 213. Credit, 3 hours

310. Intermediate Economics

The analytical tools and principles of modern economics: theories of
value and distribution, of money and prices, and of international
trade; factors determining national income. Prerequisite: Business
Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours

226

Economics

312. Economic History of the United States

This course may count as Business Administration or History, but not
both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which
field credit is desired. See History 36. Credit, 3 hours

314. Foreign Trade

Principles underlying regional specialization, techniques of foreign
exchange and lending, policies of the leading commercial nations
and monetary and financial policies viewed against the background
of international commercial agreements. Prerequisite: Business
Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours

316. Business Cycles

Studies of the causes of business cycles, statistical measures of various
types of fluctuation in economic activity, business cycle history, and
an examination of the various services used in forecasting. Prereq-
uisite: Business Administration 213, 214, and 368 Credit, 3 hours

346. Principles of Transportation

An analysis of the economic, social, and political aspects of rail, water
and air transportation. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213,
214. Credit, 3 hours

411. Public Finance

A study of government expenditures, budgeting, the administration
of the public debt and the ensuing effects upon the economy, public
revenue with an examination of each of the main taxes, and inter-
governmental financial relationships. Prerequisite: Business Ad-
Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours

412. Comparative Economic Systems

An objective examination of the theory, programs, and practices
of the principal contemporary economic systems, including capital-
ism, socialism, communism, fascism, and co-operation. Prerequisite:
Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours

414. History of Economic Thought

A survey of the main developments in economic thought from about
1500 to the present. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214.

Credit, 3 hours

227

Management

434. Labor Problems

A course designed to acquaint the student with the trade union as an
institution, management objectives, the bargaining process, the
economics of wage determination, the handling of non-wage issues
in collective bargaining, and the politico-economic impact of trade
unions upon the development of the American economy. Pre-
requisite: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours

III

Finance
321. Money and Banking

A study of monetary systems, the banking structure, banking prob-
lems and international finance. Prerequisite: Business Administration
213,214. Credit, 3 hours

326. Investments

A study of the principles governing the proper investment of personal
and institutional funds; information sources; exchanges and govern-
ment regulations. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214, 101,
and 102. Ciedit, 3 hours

420. Corporation Finance

A study of the principles and practices of corporate finance, types of
securities and characteristics, problems of promotion and combina-
tion, security placement, operating policies, receivership and reor-
ganization, and government control. Prerequisite: Business Adminis-
tration 214, 101, and 102 Credit, 3 hours

Management and Industrial Relations

331. Principles of Management

A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the aspects
of modern management. The background of the management move-
ment, administrative policies, plant location, plant layout, product
development and research, and personnel relations are among the
topics covered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, and 214.

Credit, 3 hours

228

Marketing

332. Production Management

Selected production problems are considered. Assembly-line tech-
niques and quality control of materials will be covered. Prerequisite:
Business Administration 213, 214 and 331. Credit, 3 hours

333. Personnel Management

A study of the principles and procedures involved in the recruitment
and selection of a labor force, the handling of grievances, problems
involved in collective bargaining, remuneration policies, merit
rating, promotion and transfer, training in industry, and personnel
records. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214. Credit, 3 hours

431. Labor Legislation

Labor problems are comprehensively treated with particular em-
phasis upon their legal aspect; foundation of the labor movement,
the social and political program they seek to carry through, the labor
contract, social insurance legislation, and child labor laws are among
the problems considered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213,
214. Credit, 3 hours

432. Wage and Salary Administration

A study of the different approaches that may be made to the problems
involved in the creation of a sound wage and salary administration
program in industry. Such problems as how to inaugurate, adminis-
ter, and verify rated positions, and the impact of such programs on
collective bargaining will be considered. Prerequisite: Business
Administration 213, 214 and 333. Credit, 3 hours

Marketing

340. Principles of Marketing

An examination of the marketing structure within the framework
of the dynamic economic system of the United States. Studies the
movement of goods from producer to consumer through the various
channels of distribution; the functions of marketing; marketing costs;
the choice of policies; social and economic implications.

Credit, 3 hours

341. Advanced Marketing

A course designed to further the student's knowledge of marketing
principles and their application to the solution of distribution prob-

229

Marketing

lems. Students do additional reading designed to increase their
understanding of the field of marketing generally, and in particular
of the marketing of industrial goods; wholesaling; purchasing; and
marketing management. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340.

Credit, 3 hours

342. Credits and Collections

A study of the credit problems of individual business firms. Examines
the policies upon which good credit practice is built; sources of
credit information; analysis of risk; collection procedures; credit
department organization; significance of consumer and mercantile
credit to the economy. Credit, 3 hours

3AA. Retailing

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the
basic problems of retailing. Business location, store layout, mer-
chandise display, buying procedures, and inventory control are
among the topics covered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340.

Credit, 3 hours

440. Marketing Management

A study, from the viewpoint of the marketing manager, of the selling
policies of a business enterprise. Studies: merchandising, promotion,
planning, organizing, and control. Examines the problems of product
planning, developing product lines, pricing the product, determining
the market, costs of selling, sales helps, brands, and the comparative
emphasis to be placed upon types of selling activity. Prerequisite:
Business Administration 340. Credit, 3 hours

442. Fundamentals of Selling

A study of the sales function in the marketing of goods and services.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamentals
of both advertising and personal selling as an integral part of the
marketing process. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340.

Credit, 3 hours

AAA. Marketing Research

This course is designed to provide the student with a background in
the nature, scope, and application of research as it may be used to
support the sales function of an enterprise. Included in the study are:
formulation of specific marketing problems; sources of data; pro-
cedures and methods of analysis; interpretation and presentation of
findings. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340 and 368.

Credit, 3 hours

230

Secretarial Studies

250. Elementary Typing

A course in touch typewriting for personal use. Drills are used to
develop facility, accuracy, and the complete mastery of the keyboard.
Instruction in letter writing, centering problems, and manuscript
typing. A speed of thirty words a minute is required for credit in
this course. Students having completed one year of typing must
receive permission from instructor to register for this course.

Credit, 2 hours

251. Advanced Typing

A course designed for the development of typewriting skill with
special attention to the mechanics of letter writing, tabulation,
manuscript typing, legal documents, and business forms.

Credit, 2 hours

350. Business Correspondence

A course in the theory and practical application of business writing
principles, dealing concretely with salesmanship, collection, credit,
et cetera, with particular reference to the types of expression best
adapted to the problems of those fields. Prerequisite: typing ability.

Credit, 3 hours

352. Office Management

A course designed to prepare students for meeting situations in the
modern business office. The course includes an introduction to the
use of dictation and transcribing machines and instruction in filing.

Credit, 3 hours

359. Elementary Shorthand

In this course attention is given to developing reading and writing
skills. A speed of sixty words a minute is required for credit.

Credit, 3 hours

450. Advanced Shorthand

Dictation course. Intensive practice in reading and dictation, with
emphasis on transcription. A speed of eighty words a minute is
required for this course. Credit, 3 hours

451. Advanced Transcription

A dictation course. Intensive practice in transcription and office
procedure. A speed of 100 words a minute is required for this course.

Credit, 3 hours

231

Business Administration

Education 36. Teaching of Business Education Subjects

A course designed to familiarize the prospective high school business
education teacher with the methods and materials used in the teach-
ing of typewriting, shorthand, business arithmetic, bookkeeping,
and general business. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214,
250, 101, 359. Credit, 3 hours

VII

General Business Courses

361, 362. Business Law

A study of the more important legal principles which govern in the
daily conduct of business. Discussion of contracts, agency, negotiable
instruments, sales, bailments, partnership, corporations, bankruptcy,
and other topics. Credit, 3 hours each semester

364. Insurance

A study of the fundamental principles of insurance and their appli-
cation to life, property, casualty, and social insurance. Prerequisite:
Business Administration 213, 214 Credit, 3 hours

366. Real Estate

A study of the fundamental principles, laws, and practices relating
to appraisal, ownership, control, financing, and transfer of resi-
dential and other real property. Prerequisite: Business Administration
213,214 Credit, 3 hours

368. Business Statistics

A study of statistical methods with emphasis upon business and
economic data, including such techniques as collecting, classifying,
tabulating, graphing, and combining data in frequency distributions;
index numbers; time series; correlation; and preparation of reports.
One taking this course may not receive credit in Math 35, Sociology
43, or Psychology 43. Prerequisite: Sixty semester hours work.

Credit, 3 hours

460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data

This course, required of all B.B.A. degree candidates except those
majoring in accounting, is designed to help the student use account-
ing and related data in solving problems in business administration.
The case method is employed to a considerable extent. Prerequisite:
Business Administration 214 and 102 Credit, 3 hours

232

Public Administration

VIII

Public Administration

270. Public Administration

This course may count as Business Administration or Political
Science, but not both. At the time of registration the student must
determine in which field credit is desired. See Political Science 30.

Credit, 3 hours

233

DIVISION OP GRADUATE STUDIES

On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest
College established the Division of Graduate Studies and
announced that beginning in September, 1961, the
College will resume course and research work leading to
the degree of Master of Arts in the Departments of
Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics,
and Physics. Other departments are to be added as soon
as circumstances permit.

Requirements for admission to the Division of Gradu-
ate Studies include graduation with a superior record
from an accredited college. In the evaluation of tran-
scripts special attention will be given to the applicant's
record on work in the field of major interest.

Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts will be
required to complete successfully a minimum of twenty-
four hours of course work, write a thesis for which six
hours of credit will be granted, and pass a reading
examination in one modern foreign language.

The Division of Graduate Studies will have a total
of thirty-four assistantships, fellowships and scholarships
available to be awarded for the year 1961-62.

A more detailed announcement concerning grants
and a bulletin describing courses to be offered will be
issued early in the spring semester of 1961.

These publications and application-for-admission
forms may be obtained by writing The Director of
Graduate Studies, Box 7323, Reynolda Station, Wake
Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

234

SCHOOL OF LAW

*Faculty

Harold Wayland Tribble, President

Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law

Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law

Esron MgGruder Faris, Jr., Associate Professor of Law

Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law

W. P. Sandridge, Lecturer in Law

* *John Donald Scarlett, Associate Professor of Law

Warren A. Seavey, Visiting Professor of Law

James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law

James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law

Norman A. Wiggins, Associate Professor of Law

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian

General Statement

The Law School was established as a department of
Wake Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being
Professor N. Y. Gulley, who served as dean from 1905
until his retirement from active administration in 1935.
From the beginning, the school has steadily grown and
developed until it now has a faculty of eight full-time
teachers.

The selection and treatment of the courses of study
offered in the Law School, and the method of instruction
employed are designed to afford comprehensive and
thorough training in the broad field of legal education
and to equip students to practice in any jurisdiction
where the Anglo-American law system prevails. How-
ever, one of the primary purposes of the Law School
from the time of its establishment has been to train

• See Administration and Faculty sections for full information.
** On leave of absence, 1960-61.

235

Law

young men and women for the practice of law in
North Carolina. The achievement of these purposes
necessitates, first, the requirement of adequate and
appropriate preliminary education in order to assure
an intellectual maturity and cultural background
against which legal principles and problems can be
understood in their social, economic and moral, as
well as in their legal aspects; second, a comprehensive
study of the theories and doctrines of the Anglo-Ameri-
can system of law and their statutory modification.

The Law School has as its objective, not only to
train a student in legal principles and doctrines, but
also to stimulate his reasoning powers, to prepare him
to present legal propositions logically and analytically,
and to develop in the student a profound sense of legal
ethics, professional responsibility and the duty of the
lawyer to society.

The Law School is fully approved by all national and
state accrediting agencies. It is a member of the As-
sociation of American Law Schools, and is listed as an
approved school by the American Bar Association, by
the Board of Law Examiners and Council of the North
Carolina State Bar, and by the University of the State
of New York.

The Law School has its separate building, new and
modern in all respects and designed to accommodate
the continued growth and future development of the
School and the expansion of its program in the field of
legal education. The law building, which is a handsome
four-story structure, contains many attractive and useful
features including air-conditioning. In addition to class-
room and seminar room facilities, administrative and
faculty offices, library, student lounge and faculty
conference room, the building contains a combination

236

Law

moot court-assembly room which will seat 250 people
and is adapted for the multiple purposes of the moot
court program, Student Bar Association activities, and
institutes in the field of continuing legal education. The
Law Library is of extraordinary beauty and will accom-
modate in excess of 100,000 volumes. Alcoves in the
reading room and balcony provide individual study
space for students. Additional study tables are available
in the reading room and in the three conference rooms.
Typing carrells are located in the stack area. The law
building also provides a conference room for members
of the Bar who wish to use the facilities of the Library
for research.

The Law Library contains approximately 28,750
volumes, carefully selected to avoid unnecessary dupli-
cation and to insure the greatest possible usefulness.

Admission Requirements

The academic requirements for admission to the
School of Law, as a candidate for the LL.B. degree, may
be satisfied by any one of the following methods:

(1) An academic degree from an approved college
or university.

(2) The completion of three years of academic work
prescribed in the "Combined Course" in the College of
Liberal Arts at Wake Forest College. (See pages 119-21
for details.)

(3) The completion of three years of academic work
acceptable toward a bachelor's degree at an approved
college or university.

An entering law student without an academic degree
must have completed at least three-fourths of the work
acceptable for a bachelor's degree granted on the basis

237

Law

of a four-year period of study in residence at such ap-
proved college or university attended by him, with a
scholastic average, based on all work undertaken, at
least equal to the quality of work required for graduation
at the institutions attended, and at least equal to C. All
grades of failure must be included in the computation,
including failures received in courses which have been
re-taken and passed.

Non-theory courses in military science, hygiene,
domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental
music, practice teaching, teaching methods and tech-
niques and similar courses are not acceptable under the
above rule. "Required" non-theory work is acceptable
up to ten per cent of the total credit offered for admission.

The academic requirements set forth above are mini-
mum requirements, and satisfaction of these require-
ments do not necessarily entitle an applicant to ad-
mission. In addition, an applicant for admission is
required to take the Law School Admission Test (an
aptitude test hereinafter referred to) and to have his
score on such Test furnished this Law School.

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for
admission to the School of Law. Since the law, in its
application and as a subject of study, touches so many
phases of life, it has been considered unwise to require
an inflexible preparatory course. The School of Law
merely recommends the inclusion of as many of the
following courses as possible in any pre-law program of
study: English Composition, History of the United
States, History of England, European History, Con-
stitutional History, Government of the United States,
State and Local Government, Comparative Govern-
ment, International Relations, Literature, Foreign Lan-
guages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, Natural

238

Law

Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac-
counting, and Investments.

The work of a law student is greatly facilitated if he can
use a typewriter.

Application for admission to the School of Law must
be made in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of
the School of Law. A small photograph of the applicant
must be attached to the application form upon its
return. The applicant must request the Registrar of
each college or university that he has attended to send
a complete transcript of his record direct to the Dean
of the School of Law. The applicant must also have his
score on the Law School Admission Test reported to
this Law School. When these items have been received
by the School of Law, the applicant will be notified
concerning his application.

When an application has been accepted the applicant
must make a deposit of $25 with the Treasurer of the
College. The deposit is applied on tuition or College
charges when the applicant enters the Law School.

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law
at the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several
years it has been the policy of the Law School to admit
beginning students at the opening of the spring session,
which enables such students by continuing without inter-
ruption to complete the three-year course in two and one-
half years consisting of five regular semesters and two
summer sessions. The School will admit beginning stu-
dents at the opening of the 1962 Spring Semester on
January 30, 1962, and this policy of admitting beginning
students at the opening of the spring session will continue
until terminated by the Faculty. Advanced students
may be admitted at the opening of the summer, fall or
spring sessions. The Law School each year conducts

239

Law

two semesters of 17 weeks each, and a summer session
of nine weeks.

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law
school which is a member of the Association of American
Law Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this
school, may in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to
advanced standing for the LL.B. degree. The student
must be eligible for readmission to the law school from
which he proposes to transfer. The last year of work on
the basis of which the degree is granted must be taken
in the Wake Forest College School of Law.

Admission as Special Students. Applicants, not less than
twenty-five years of age, who are found by the faculty
to be equipped by experience and training for the study
of law may be admitted as special students but not as
candidates for a degree. Special students are rarely
admitted.

Law School Admission Test

This Law School requires all applicants for admission
to take the Law School Admission Test, an aptitude test
administered by Educational Testing Service. The
applicant's score on the Test will be considered among
other factors in passing on his application for admission
to this Law School.

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test,
Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau Street, Prince-
ton, New Jersey, for application forms for taking the
Test, and for the Bulletin of Information regarding the
Test. The Test will be given at numerous locations
throughout the nation, including Wake Forest College.

An applicant should request Educational Testing
Service to report his score on the Test to this Law School.

240

Law

Scholarships and Student Aid

The Law School has a number of scholarships avail-
able for each beginning class. Some of these scholarships
are awarded on the basis of character, scholarship and
financial need. Additional scholarships in a larger
amount and covering full tuition are available for each
beginning class and are awarded on the basis of char-
acter and exceptional scholastic achievement without
regard to financial need. Application forms for scholar-
ships may be obtained from the Dean of the School of
Law. Applications for scholarships should be filed by
April 1st for the school year commencing the following
September.

The College has available loan funds for the benefit of
students who are in need of financial aid and have
satisfactorily completed at least a full semester.

In addition, a number of law students are afforded
limited employment as Law Library assistants and
dormitory counselors but usually after the completion
of their first year.

Degree of LL.B.

The degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) will be
awarded to the student who (1) has fulfilled the re-
quirements for admission to the Law School as a regular
student, (2) thereafter spends the equivalent of three
academic years in resident study in the Law School, (3)
successfully completes eighty-three semester hours of law,
including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains a cumu-
lative weighted average of 67 or more on all work
required for graduation.

A candidate for degree whose cumulative weighted
average places him in the upper ten per cent of his
graduating class will be graduated with the distinction
cum laude and will be classified as a "Scholastic Honors

241
16

Law

Graduate." Any such person graduating with a cumu-
lative weighted average of 85 or above will be graduated
with the distinction magna cum laude.

The Summer Session

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine
weeks, the work of which is carefully planned with
reference to the curriculum of the regular academic year,
and may be used either to supplement the regular curric-
ulum or as a substitute for part of it. Courses are offered
during the summer session for advanced students only.

Further Information

Descriptions of the system of grading and examina-
tions, general scholastic regulations, student organiza-
tions, prizes and awards, and the complete course of
study are contained in a special Law School Bulletin,
issued annually. Requests for this bulletin, and other
correspondence concerning the Law School, should be
addressed to The Dean, School of Law, Wake Forest
College, 7206 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C.

242

BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

*Administrative Officers

Harold Wayland Tribble, President

Coy C. Carpenter, Dean

Manson Meads, Executive Dean

Donald M. Hayes, Assistant Dean

Harry O. Parker, Controller

Mrs. Benjamin S. Patrick, Jr., Registrar

Origin and Development

The School of Medicine was established at Wake
Forest in 1902. It was renamed the School of Medical
Sciences in 1937 and operated as a two-year medical
school until 1941, when it was moved to Winston-Salem,
North Carolina, as a four-year medical college with the
name Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest
College.

The expansion and the enlargement programs were
made possible August 3, 1939, when the resources
of the Bowman Gray Foundation were awarded to
Wake Forest College to be used exclusively for the
medical school. It is now supported from the general
budget of Wake Forest College, the resources of the
Foundation, and other special funds.

Equipment

The North Carolina Baptist Hospital, having 450
teaching beds, constitutes the main teaching hospital of
the medical school. All buildings are located on the
same campus and adjoin to form a single unit. The
clinical and basic medical science departments are so

* See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the
special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by
request to The Registrar, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North
Carolina.

243

Medicine

related physically and the faculty is so constituted that
the teaching program is effectively correlated.

Construction of a two-million-dollar wing has been
completed and includes expanded facilities for additional
research and laboratory areas, added space for the
library, and additional classrooms.

Standards

The school is a member of the Association of Ameri-
can Medical Colleges and is approved by the Liaison
Committee of the Council on Medical Education of the
American Medical Association and the Association of
American Medical Colleges. Academic and professional
standards comparable to other leading medical schools
in the United States are maintained.

Requirements for Admission

The requirements for entrance into the Medical
School are based on the premise that the program of
training a physician is a continuous one shared by both
the undergraduate college and the medical school
The responsibility of the undergraduate training pro-
gram is thus not only to provide the prospective student
with the technical information and skills which will
make it possible for him to complete his course in
medical school, but also to help him develop a broad
background of experience and interest which will make
it possible for him later to achieve a full realization of
his potentialities as an individual and as a member of
society.

Although ninety semester hours are the minimum
requirement, it is felt that, except in unusual circum-
stances, the student should plan to complete a well-
rounded four-year college course, comprising certain

244

Medicine

specific requirements, but with the emphasis on a
broad educational program.

In order for the student entering medical school to
be prepared for his courses, he must have acquired
certain basic scientific information as listed below:

(1) Physics: The equivalent of 8 semester hours in
General Physics, including some knowledge of electricity,
electromagnetic radiations, sound, heat, mechanics, and
optics.

(2) Chemistry: The student should know the chemical
properties of the common chemical elements — light
metals, halogens, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur — and of the
common organic compounds including those of the
aliphatic, aromatic, and heterocyclic series. He should
understand the simpler techniques of organic chem-
istry and of volumetric quantitative analysis. He should
be able to design simple experiments and be aware of the
close dependence of results upon technique. He should
be thoroughly familiar with ideas of dynamic equili-
brium in terms of molecular, kinetic, and atomic
theories and of the relationship of chemical properties
to electronic structures of substances. This informa-
tion is ordinarily covered in approximately 18-20
semester hours, including general chemistry (two se-
mesters), organic chemistry (two semesters), and volu-
metric quantitative analysis (one semester), or the
equivalent.

(3) Biology: There is no single course which is con-
sidered an absolute prerequisite for medical school. It
is desirable, however, for the student to have had a
broad survey of the animal kingdom — to have an aware-
ness of animal types and their classifications and to see
man as a part of the total biological picture. Such in-
formation is ordinarily covered in an eight-semester-

245

Medicine

hour course in general biology and one semester of ad-
vanced zoology, such as comparative anatomy, em-
bryology, genetics, cytology, etc.

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above
scientific requirements, it is not intended to minimize
the importance of other less specific educational re-
quirements.

In addition to the material listed above, the student
should acquire extensive knowledge of man as the
product of his social, physical, and emotional en-
vironment. The desired training is given in courses in
Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Sociology, History,
Literature, Mathematics, Language, and Psychology.
The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely in
these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will
permit.

Admission to the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine

Candidates desiring admission will, upon request to
the Committee on Admissions of the Medical School,
be furnished application blanks, which should be prop-
erly filled out and returned to the Registrar together
with an application fee of five dollars. On receipt of
the application and transcripts of the applicant's pre-
medical work, the credentials will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions. Students whose applications
are favorably considered will be invited to come to
Winston-Salem for personal interviews. Those ap-
plicants who are accepted are required to make a
deposit of fifty dollars to reserve a place in the class for
which they are accepted. The deposit will be credited
on tuition and deducted from the payment due when the
student matriculates.

Students are selected on the basis of academic per-

246

Medicine

formance, character, and general fitness for the study of
medicine. No student will be admitted who is ineligible,
because of scholastic difficulties or misconduct, to
re-enroll in a school previously attended. Students more
than thirty years of age are seldom admitted.

Graduate Division of the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine

The Division of Graduate Studies provides op-
portunities for qualified students to obtain advanced
instruction and research training in the basic medical
sciences. Course work leading to the Master of Science
degree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Physiol-
ogy, Pharmacology, and Microbiology, is offered. The
Department of Anatomy also provides instruction lead-
ing to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.

Further Information

For detailed information concerning enrollment in
the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, course of study
in the graduate program, admission to advanced stand-
ing, and other matters, address The Registrar, The
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina.

247

EVENING CLASSES

In September, 1957, Wake Forest College began a
program of regular college classes meeting in the evening
for the benefit of qualified persons whose occupations
or other considerations prevented them from attending
day classes. The evening classes are taught by members
of the College faculty as part of their regular teaching
loads and carry full college credit. This program follows
the College calendar for the fall and spring semesters
and consists of courses selected from the College catalog.
There are no evening classes during the summer session.

Except in the sciences, classes meet for 75 minutes on
either Monday and Wednesday or Tuesday and Thurs-
day evenings and carry three hours credit each semester.
Science classes meet the same evenings for a longer
period of time and carry four hours credit. The total
cost for all courses is $18.50 per credit hour.

The programs offered in previous years have included
introductory courses for those beginning college work
and specialized courses for those with advanced stand-
ing. The offerings for 1961-62 will again include selected
introductory courses as well as those at the intermediate
and advanced levels. The Bulletin of Wake Forest College
Evening Classes, 1961-62, containing full information,
will be available in June, 1961, and may be secured by
writing the Director of Admissions, Wake Forest College,
7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

248

THE 1961 SUMMER SESSION

Two Six-week Terms

The first of two six-week terms will begin with regis-
tration on Monday, June 12, 1961; the second, on July
24. This is a departure from the one nine-week term
that has been operated for a good many years.

Class work will be confined to the mornings, except
for courses in swimming and choir which will come in
the afternoons. Periods will be seventy-five minutes in
length, and classes will meet daily.

Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours
credit each, and those in swimming and choir one
semester hour each. All other courses carry three semester
hours credit. The normal load for a student is six se-
mester hours, and the maximum load is seven hours.

Courses will be offered which are designed to meet
the needs of incoming freshmen, transfers from other
colleges, and public school teachers needing renewal of
certificates other than the graduate certificate, in ad-
dition to the regular Wake Forest students. There will
be courses in Biology, Chemistry, Classical and Modern
Languages, Education, English, History, Mathematics,
Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Physics, Physical Edu-
cation, Religion, Sociology, Speech, and Business.

For Summer Session Bulletin and other information,
address Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest Col-
lege, Box 7293 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina.

249

DEGREES CONFERRED

COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES

1960

The Program

Sunday, June 5

3:00 p.m. Organ Recital in Wait Chapel — Paul Robinson,

Organist

4:30 to 6:00 p.m. Reception by President and Mrs. Tribble for
Graduating Classes and their Visitors

8:00 p.m. Baccalaureate Sermon — Dr. Douglas M. Branch,
General Secretary-Treasurer, Baptist State Convention of
North Carolina

Monday, June 6

8:30 a.m. The Senior Class Breakfast — given by the Alumni
Association

9:30 a.m. Law School Senior Class Breakfast

10:00 a.m. Meeting of the Board of Trustees

10:30 a.m. Senior Orations (for the Ward Medal) — Law Court
Room

Janet Margaret Binkley "The Academic Shell"

John Alexander Alford "The Worth of Creation"

Donal Owen Schoonmaker

"Wake Forest, 1960: An Inventory"
Richard Lee Burleson "The Defacement of Honor"

Presentation of Awards and Honors:

1 . From the School of Arts and Sciences

The J. B. Currin Orator's Medal to George A. Parker
The A. D. Ward Orator's Medal to Janet Margaret
Binkley

2. From the School of Business Administration

North Carolina Certified Public Accounts Medal —

Joseph R. Cumby
The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal — Harold L. Collis
Wall Street Journal Medal — Hugh E. Wallace
Lura Baker Paden Medal— Robert Franklin Watson
Scholarship Keys: Delta Sigma Pi and Alpha Kappa Psi

- — Joseph R. Cumby
Delta Kappa Nu: Business Woman of the Year — Frances

Louise Baucom

252

Commencement Exercises

3. From the School of Law

Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation Award —

Harrell Powell, Jr., James Norman Stephens
American Commercial Bank Will Drafting Award —

First Place: Richard Moore Warren

Second Place (tie): Plato Collins Barwick, Jr., Charles
Gilmore Furr, Robert Alden Jones
Nathan Burkan Memorial Copyright Competition:

Walter Eugene Johnston, III

4. From the Bowman Gray School of Medicine
Roche Award — James Norris Wilfert, Jr.
Faculty Award — Fay Knickerbocker Myers

Student Thesis Award in Psychiatry — Donald M. Larson
Best Student Paper Award — Robert Parker Pulliam
Pediatric Award — H. Bee Gatling
Frederick R. Taylor History of Medicine Society Award —

George Podgorny; Christine M. and Ralph deS.

Siewers, III
Senior Members of Alpha Omega Alpha (Medicine)
Douglass Franklin Adams Gray Thomas Boyette
William Howard Admirand Gary Benjamin Copeland
Curtis LeRoy Bakken Hortense Bee Gatling

George Curtis Barber Robert Ellsworth Jones, Jr.

Fay Knickerbocker Myers

5. From the Department of Military Science and Tatics:
National Defense Transportation Association Medal —

Cadet Colonel Kermit W. Smith
Department of the Army Superior Cadet Ribbon Award

— Cadet Colonel Kermit W. Smith
Third Army ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership

Achievement — Cadet Major Jerry W. West
United States Armor Association Award — Cadet Captain

Harold W. Idol
Armed Forces Chemical Association ROTC Award —

Cadet Captain James C. Eagle, Jr.

12:00 m. Alumni Luncheon

3:00 p.m. Conferring of Degrees

Address — Dr. Lam Chi-Fung, President Hong Kong Baptist

College
The Message to the Graduates — President Harold W. Tribble

253

Degrees Conferred

DEGREES CONFERRED

Doctor of Divinity
Chevis Ferber Home

Doctor of Humane Letters
T. Sloane Guy, Jr.

Doctor of Laws

Albert Coates

John Tyler Caldwell

Doctor of Science
Samuel Alcott Thompson

Bachelor of Arts

John Alexander Alford
Edward Martin Allen, Jr.
Joseph Lee Arnold
John Wesley Ashburn
Douglass Moxley Bailey, III
Frank Lindsay Baker, Jr.
Frances Louise Baucom
Peggy Elmira Berrier
Janet Margaret Binkley
Barbara Jean Blackmon
Edgar L. Boggs
Lionel F. Branscomb
Barbara Branson
Betty Jane Brendell
John Wayne Bridges
Shirley Ann Bridges
F. Dale Bridgwater
Sandra Louise Bright
Fabian Amelia Broadway
James Harry Bunn, III
Tommy Eugene Burris
David Hudson Butler
Mary Louise Carrigan
Daniel Allen Carroll
Robert Neil Charm
Sylvia DeLette Cheek
Judith Penn Clayton
Luther Darrow Cooke

Fred Leon Coward, III
Michael Elmo Cox
Lynda Jean Crawford
Joe Durward Creech
Benny Lee Creed
Elizabeth Ann Cross
William C. B. Cullen
William Crawford Currin
William Robert Curtis
Max Eugene Deal
Carolyn Sue Denning
Bobby Gene Downing
Raymond Eugene Ebert, Jr.
James Earl Ezzell, Jr.
Boyd Leon Farmer
Patricia Ann Farson
Kenneth Edwin Ferrell
Sylvia Marie Ferrell
Lawrence Bernard Fleisher
Bobbie Jean Fleming
Linda Ford

Eugenia Thetus Funderburk
Daniel Everette Gilbert
Charles Roland Goss
Claire Helen Greer
Hugh Donald Griffin, Jr.
Martha Gullick
David Warren Hadley

254

Degrees Conferred

Robert Roydon Hale-Cooper

Mary Priscilla Hamrick

Patricia Gay Harrell

Frank Bosley Haskell, III

Kenneth John Phillip Hauser, Jr.

Mark Douglas Hawthorne

Emma Jane Hedrick

Lowell Wesley Hedrick

William Henry Heins

Frances Grey Helms

Mary Ada Hendricks

Marcus Hester

John Rudolph Heydt

George A. Hill

Jean Elizabeth Hobby

James Olen Hodges

Thomas Ward Hogan

Robert Bernard Holder

Betty Lou Hollifield

Clark Mason Holt

Benjamin Lawrence Honeycutt

Judith A. Hughey

James Wilton Hunt

Cornelia Jane Huskins

Harold Wayne Idol

Gerald Scott James

Judith Elaine Jeffreys

Mary Antoinette Johnson

Hillary Harriette Jones

Wayne Eugene Jordan

Frances Estelle Joyce

Elizabeth Ann Julian

Lois Katzin

Ronald Clayton Kester

John Wesley Kimball, Jr.

Anna Ruth King

Robert Benjamin Kupiszewski

Elizabeth Ray Lackey

Herbert Allen Lanier

Ernest V. Lehto, Jr.

Thomas Jefferson Le Vines

Arthur Ernst Lippert

Nancy Rebecca Long

Mary Alice McBrayer

Elaine Montgomery McCrary
Clinton Eugene McElroy
Sue Ann McGahey
Raymond Carl McRorie
Patricia Rose Malcom
Robert Clifton Mann
Coleman Cain Markham
Zeno Martin, Jr.
Martha Ann Mason
Virginia Dianne Mattocks
Robert Joseph Mayberry
Reginald Barnett Medlock
Hilda Jean Melton
Charles B. Merryman
Carlton Glenn Miller
Mary Patricia Miller
David Alexander Mitchell
Helen Beckwith Moore
Kay Frances Moore
Dan Lincoln Morrill
Robert Franklin Mull
Julia Elaine Nance
Martha Lane Kiser Odom
Patricia Anne O'Neil
George Allen Parker
Carolyn Faith Paschal
Elwood C. Peele, Jr.
Glain Sherrill Pennell
Ronald Augustus Peterson
Betty Susan Phillips
William Rufus Phillips
Janice Mae Priode
Dottie Gene Privette
George Blackburn Pruden, Jr.
Gayle Edward Ramsey
David Albert Rawley, Jr.
Robert Roy Redwine
John Frederick Riley
Frederick Strickland Rolater
Barbara Anne Safriet
Samuel Lentz Sanders
Carolyn Dickson Sapp
Donald Owen Schoonmaker
Patricia Scott

255

Degrees Conferred

Bruce Willingham Sellers, Jr.
Hessie Lou Severt
Judith Gray Shaw
Edith Leduska Shepherd
Sarah Gay Simerson
John Wesley Simpson
Patsy Meares Singletary
Kermit Wayne Smith
Thomas Alexander Smith
Ruth Ellen Sorrell
Rayford Michael Sowell
William Earl Stanley, Jr.
Dale Oren Steele
Charles Hadley Stevens, Jr.
William Penn Haney Stevens, Jr.
James Robert Swafford
John Earl Thompson
Carmean Tribble
James Thomas Turner
Bobby Dean Wagoner

Jennings Lee Wagoner, Jr.
Charles Thomas Waldrop
Grace Marie Wallace
Eddie Roy Walters
Frederick Wm. Harris Wardlaw
Barbara Cornwell Warlick
Billy Gene Washburn
Eleanor Anne Watkins
James Randolph Welborn
Sylvia Jones German Wellborn
Anne Morrison Wheless
Anne Adelaide Whicker
Glen Love White
Betty Ray Whitaker
Raymond Henry White
Millison Anne Whitehead
Patricia Woodward
Dewey Blake Yokely
Edwin O. Young, III
Carolyn Lee Yow

Bachelor of Science

Hubert Wayne Bare
George Reginald Bell, Jr.
Joseph Edward Belton
John Franklin Bergner, Jr.
Edith Marie Berry
Bruce Boteler

Christopher Lewis Bramlett
Mary Lee Britt
Richard Lee Burleson
Leroy Conrad Butler
Vada Ann Byers
Joey Mieshele Carter
Janet Lee Cashwell
William Lester Childers, Jr.
Marilyn Matthews Cook
Robert Glenn Cooke, Jr.
Joseph Whitfield Creech
Janet Lea Crutchfield
Aubrey Gibson Currie
Branch Howard Daniels, Jr.
Allen Clark Dotson
Margaret Ann Dutton

James Carr Eagle, Jr.
Frank George Eckert
Barbara Cornelia England
Charles Vernon Floyd, Jr.
George Wells Freeman
Ellen Patricia Gay
Karl Ray Gentry
James Lee Graham
Boyce Reid Haigler
William Alfred Hall, Jr.
Richard Doub Hauser
Jo Ann Hayes
Billy Dean Hester
Thomas Waddell Hill
Wilton Ottis Holliday, Jr.
Iris La Rae Honeycutt
Frances Geraldine Jolly Horn
Barbara Elizabeth Horton
Sara Elizabeth Houser
Roy Linwood Hughes, Jr.
Deane Hudley, III
Carl Thomas Jarrell

256

Degrees Conferred

Luther Dores Kimrey
Paul Francis Kittinger, Jr.
Wayne Carson Koontz
Timothy See Yiu Lam
Marcus Sexton Lawrence
Willa Lynn Leary
Hughie Elmore Lewis
Marcus Bruce Liles, Jr.
Roy Gary Lopp
Clarence Vergil Lyda, Jr.
William Kenneth McRae
James Wilson Mackie
Willis Crocker Maddrey
George Alex Marsh, III
James Wilbur Martin
Paul V. Martin
Rowland Lanier Matteson, Jr.
Dennis Owen Medlock
Frederick Thomas Merola
David William Metcalf
Gerald Edwards Mitchell
David Lawrence Moore
Geraldene Edwina Moore
Daniel Norman Moury
Stephen Nemeth
Nathan Frank Orovitz
Rae Carroll Padgett
Linda Mae Paige
Leslie Weil Paley
William M. Paris, Jr.
Arthur Saxton Parker, Jr.
Lloyd Jinnette Parker, Jr.

Jackie David Phillips
Janie Dale Poole
Joseph Pearson Rawley
Sammy Davis Reese
Donald L. Richardson
Jimmy Wilford Ruse
Barbara Jeanette Sain
Stephen Leon Sasser
Lewis Joseph Schwartz
Patricia Loretta Sechrist
William Glenn Shepherd
Donald C. Silcox
Barbara Ann Smith
Frances Leila Smith
Jackson Bruce Smith
William Dwight Smith
Wallace Clayton Snipes
Thurman Lee Spach, Jr.
Horace Dean Steadman, Jr.
Helen Marie Stinson
Ronald Edward Thomas
Saundra Reata Tucker
George Thomas Ward
Charles Leonard Warwick
John Washburn, Jr.
Wendell Kay Watkins
Carolyn Jean Webb
Marshall Winston Wiggins
William Joseph Williamson
Edward Tyree Wilson
Ray Marshall Woodlief

Bachelor of Business Administration

John Charles Albaugh
Ben Geer Alderman, Jr.
Fritts Lewis Biesecker
John M. Bostic
John Samuel Braswell, III
Robert Ray Bray
Robert David Brown
John Hamilton Cantrell, Jr.
Marvin Pendleton Carter, Jr.
Harold Leon Collis

Ausbin Q. Cook
Robert Franklin Crumpler
Joseph Raymond Cumby
Felix Brenard Dalton
O. Thomas Dancy
Fred Monroe Dawson
John McCamie Dearmon
Franklin D. Denny
Cecil Coleman Dew
Allen Eugene Doyle

257

Degrees Conferred

William Bennett Dunnagan
Samuel Bruce Edwards, Jr.
Eloise Critz Ellis
Wallace Groome Freemon, Jr.
Richard L. Gilbert
Gene Glasco

John Crawford Hamilton
Phyllis Davis Hedrick
Robert Allen Hewett
James Roy Higgins, Jr.
Joan L. Hill
Edward Gray Hine
Billy Gray Hinshaw
Dock Ardell Huggins
Gerald Bernard Huth
Stephen LaMarr Ingram
Terry Luther Johnson
Nancy Hardwick Jones
Samuel David Jordan
Charles Herbert Keller, Jr.
Reginald Clifton Koontz
Walter Richard Lang
Don Juan LaNier
Malcolm Keith Lanier
Luther Ellis Ledford, Jr.
James Robert Lee

Gloria Flake Lockerman
Albert Henderson Lowdermilk
Carl Raymond McCorkle
Eleanore Jeanine McGee
Neil B. MacLean
John Thomas Mills
Joseph Hodge Mims
John Richard Moore, Jr.
Elwyn Grey Murray, Jr.
Harry Vernon Nelson, Jr.
Jack Blackwell Paley
James Hardin Philpott
Billie Norman Pickett
James Sheely Pope
William Allan Pope, III
Arthur Jackson Pryor
John E. Ramsey, Jr.
Sion Chester Rogers, Jr.
Jerry Joe Stephenson
Russell Lee Stephenson, Jr.
B. D. Street

Hugh Emmette Wallace
Robert Franklin Watson
Jerry Wayne West
Ralph Leon White, III
John Robert Yarbrough

Bachelor of Laws

William Drew Arrowood
Cade Lee Austin
Ernest Harold Ball
Plato Collins Barwick, Jr.
Donald Raymond Canady
Ronald Conrad Dilthey
Marshall F. Dotson, Jr.
Delmar Lamar Dowda
Kennieth S. Etheridge
Cyrus James Faircloth
Robert Humphrey Forbes
Charles Gilmore Furr
Carroll F. Gardner
Clive Irvin Goodson
Marvin Kenneth Gray
John Samuel Groves

Harold Gene Hall
William Evan Hall
John Henderson Hasty
Franklin Nance Jackson
Bobby Frank Jones
Robert Alden Jones
Robert Kason Keiger
I. Beverly Lake, Jr.
James Edmund Lassiter
Bob Wilson Lawing
Robert E. Lee, Jr.
Clinton Orville Light
Carroll R. Lowder
William Flynt Marshall, Jr.
George Baird Mast
Louis B. Meyer

258

Degrees Conferred

John Garland Mills, III
George Coan Mountcastle
Joseph Charles McDarris
Harrell Powell, Jr.
Robert Joseph Robinson
Robert Franklin Rush
Robert Gordon Smith

Charles Lawson Snipes, Jr.
James Norman Stephens
Thomas Williford Thomas
Richard Moore Warren
Frank Joseph Yeager
James Monroe Yelton, Jr.

Doctor of Medicine

Douglass Franklin Adams
William Howard Admirand
George Herbert Armstrong
Curtis L. Bakken
George Curtis Barber
C. J. Stanley Beckman
William Spain Belmont
Norris Angle Biggerstaff
John Paul Blake
Gray Thomas Boyette
Paul Douglas Boyles
Paul Richard Brown
Jimmie Ray Cleary
Gary Benjamin Copeland
Carl Robert Denny
J. Edwin Drew
George Dyer Duffield
Robert Henry Fleming
Ricardo Galbis-Beltran
Hortense Bee Gatling
Jose Vicente Gonzalez-Angel
Donald Guber
Mary Ann Hampton
Ernest Julian Henson, Jr.
Robert C. Heymann
James Noah Hinson
Owen Ray Hunt

Robert Ellsworth Jones, Jr.
George William Joyce
John Frederick Kappler, Jr.
John Edward Kehoe
Samuel See-On Lam
Donald Melvin Larson
Wayne Philip Lowe
Hurschell Frederick Mathews
John Scott Miller, Jr.
Thomas Walker Monaghan
Armando de Moya Castro
Fay Knickerbocker Myers
Timothy Clinard Pennell
Kenneth Alton Powell
Thomas Alexander Readling
Vade G. Rhoades
Stephen Payne Robinson
Fleming Fuller Royal
Ronnie Lee Stanley
Francis Bailey Teague, Jr.
Lewis William Thompson
Kenneth Guy Tomberlin
Hugh T. Wallace
Mary Curry Ward
Sidney Alfred Wike
Sudie Doggett Wike

Master of Science

Robert Parker Pulliam
August 27. 1960

259

SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OP 1960

Saturday, August 8
1 1 :00 a.m. Address — James W. Mason

DEGREES CONFERRED

Bachelor of Arts

Lois Dempsey Bentley
Fredrick Stanley Black
Ronald Wayne Brown
Cynthia Gough Cain
Dempsey Aaron Calhoun
Donna Jean Campbell
Raleigh Fountain Carroll, Jr.
Judith Cottrell Castner
Robert Lee Davis
Charles Maynard Forbes
Lawrence Douglas Foust
Eugene Keith Franklin
Ann Highsmith Hill

Jerome William Hillebrand
Maurice Westbrook Home
Gerald Franklin Humphrey
James Haywood Kennedy
Lucy Ann Knight
Douglas Clifton Lackey
Joseph Gray Lawson
Emmanuel Poole Pegram
Nancy Sue Spry
Charles Lewis Tanner
Frederick Monroe Tate
Michael Craig Tilley

Bachelor of Science

William Bernard Barrow
Billy Gray Brown
Orrin William Clifton
Douglas Duncan Dean
E. Larry Fabian
Arthur Walter Glenn, Jr.
Billy Huel Hauser
Peggy Taylor Hitchcock
Philip Marcus Ho
Jerry Albert Johnson
Wayne Alden Johnson
Walter Bion Jolly
Denver Hartford Lennon, Jr.
Betty Jean Downs Liles
Neil Davis McCurry
Margaret Rose Martin

P. Muriel Martin
Martha Ann Williamson

Matherly
George Franklin May
Karl Kinard Munn
Donald Lee Nanney
Jerry Wayne Odom
Dayle Kellcy Phillips
George Delano Ritchie
Richard George Rogers
Charles Michael Steadman
Jackie Benjamin Strum
Thomas Ray Vaughn
James Opie Wells, Jr.
Hildreth Floyd Wilkins, Jr.
Weston Alexander Willis

Bachelor of Business Administration

Jimmy T. Bowman
Chad W. Bumgarner
William Samuel Butler
Harry E. Caudle
Jerry Samuel Harding
Ernest Eugene Hopkins,
John Banner Horton

III

Clifton Ray McLaurin
David Sherrill Monk
Donald Gray Paschal
Wade Hampton Paschal, Jr.
Frank Welborn Robertson
Robert Branson Sheets, Jr.
Frank Graves Spencer, Jr.

260

ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN THE
UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE

John R. Heydt
Raymond C. McRorie*

January 1960

Jack B. Paley

Horace D. Steadman, Jr.

June 1960

John M. Bostic
David H. Butler
John H. Cantrell, Jr.*
Fred L. Coward, III
Robert F. Crumpler
William R. Curtis
James C. Eagle, Jr.*
Samuel B. Edwards, Jr.
Wallace G. Freemon, Jr.
John C. Hamilton **
Robert A. Hewett
James O. Hodges*
Harold W. Idol*
Charles H. Keller, Jr.
Robert B. Kupiszewski*
Malcolm K. Lanier

Hughie E. Lewis
Charles B. Merryman, Jr.
David W. Metcalf
John T. Mills*
William M. Paris, Jr.*
Jackie D. Phillips
Gayle E. Ramsey
John F. Riley
Bruce W. Sellers, Jr.*
Kermit W. Smith*
William D. Smith
Jerry J. Stephenson
James T. Turner*
Charles T. Waldrop*
Jerry W. West*
John R. Yarbrough*

William W. Aycock*
Aubrey G. Currie
Kenneth E. Ferrell

July 1960

Samuel D. Jordan
Wade H. Paschal, Jr.
William A. Pope
Frederick M. Tate

Charles M. Forbes
John B. Horton

William S. Butler

August 1960

Charles M. Steadman

October 1960

• Distinguished Military Graduate

•* Distinguished Military Graduate commissioned in the Regular Army

261

Summary

SUMMARY— FALL 1960

Liberal Arts: Men Women Total

Seniors 252 120 372

Juniors 225 104 329

Sophomores 295 104 399

Freshmen 570 126 696

Unclassified 19 3 22

1,361 457 1,818 1,818
Business Administration:

Seniors 77 2 79

Juniors 70 2 72

147 4 151 151
Law:

Third Year 37 1 38

Second Year 25 1 26

First Year 51 51

Unclassified 1 1

114 2 116 116
Medicine:

Fourth Year 48 6 54

Third Year 45 5 50

Second Year 51 4 55

First Year 53 1 54

Graduate Students. ... 2 1 3

Medical Technicians. . 15 15

199 32 231 231

Evening: 242 46 288 288

2,604

262

Registration by Departments

SUMMER TERM OF 1960

Men

Women

Totals

Liberal Arts, 1st term. . .

. 425

204

629

Liberal Arts, 2nd term . .

. 350

127

477

796

332

1,128

Duplicates; attended

both terms

. 250

336

546 246 792

Duplicates, Summer School

and Regular Session .. . 327 100 427

219 146 365 365

2,969

Registration by Schools and Departments

Biology 676

Business Administration 939

Chemistry 611

Classical Languages:

Greek 46

Latin 143

Education 45 1

English 1,368

History 905

Mathematics 855

Military Science 298

Modern Languages:

French 411

German 329

Russian 17

Spanish 365

Music 276

Philosophy 374

Physical Education 903

Physics 240

Political Science 498

Psychology 203

Religion 696

Sociology 419

Speech 152

268

Geographical Distribution

Counties in North Carolina

Alamance 18

Alexander 5

Alleghany 3

Anson 8

Ashe 2

Bertie 5

Bladen 7

Brunswick 1

Buncombe 21

Burke 20

Cabarrus 25

Caldwell 10

Camden 2

Carteret 8

Catawba 17

Chatham 7

Cherokee 3

Chowan 5

Clay 1

Cleveland 34

Columbus 15

Craven 7

Cumberland 31

Currituck 1

Davidson 50

Davie 6

Duplin 6

Durham 16

Edgecombe 14

Forsyth 632

Franklin 7

Gaston 26

Gates 1

Graham 1

Granville 9

Greene 5

Guilford 95

Halifax 12

Harnett 14

Haywood 10

Henderson 9

Hertford 9

Iredell 33

Jackson 3

Johnston 17

Lee 2

Lenoir 14

Lincoln 5

McDowell 5

Macon 3

Madison 3

Martin 6

Mecklenburg 89

Montgomery • 4

Moore 9

Nash 10

New Hanover 26

Northampton 6

Onslow 4

Pasquotank 2

Pender 2

Perquimans 2

Person 8

Pitt 7

Randolph 14

Richmond 12

Robeson 26

Rockingham 30

Rowan 25

Rutherford 17

Sampson 21

Scotland 3

Stanly 13

Stokes 16

Surry 34

Swain 3

Transylvania 6

Union 13

Vance 11

Wake 73

Washington 2

Watauga 5

264

Geographical Distribution

Wayne 8 Wilson 7

Wilkes 22 Yadkin 14

Yancey 2

States and Foreign Countries

Alabama

California

Colorado

Connecticut

Delaware

District of Columbia

Florida

Georgia

Idaho

Illinois

Indiana

Kentucky

Louisiana

Maryland

Massachusetts

Michigan

Minnesota

Nevada

New Hampshire

New Jersey

New York

Taiwan ,

North Dakota 6

Oklahoma 1

Ohio 27

Pennsylvania 60

Rhode Island 3

South Carolina 44

Tennessee 30

Texas 4

Utah 1

Virginia 1 54

West Virginia 19

Wisconsin
Columbia .
Iran

14 Japan 3

6 Canal Zone 3

1 Germany 2

1 Hong Kong 4

4 Iraq 1

83 Ireland 1

63 Turkey 1

265

Absences

Accounting

Accreditation

Administration

Admission Requirements

Advanced Placement ....

Advanced Standing
Admission

Advisers

Application Fee

Art

History and Apprecia-
tion

Museum

Asian Studies Program. .

Athletics

Equipment

Intercollegiate

Attendance Require-
ments

Awards

Basic Course Require-
ments

Biology

Board

Buildings, Academic ....

Buildings, Residence ....

Buildings and Grounds . .

Business Administration.

Chapel Services

Charges

Chemistry

Classification

College Calendar

Commencement Exer-
cises

Committees of the
Faculty

Course Conditions

Removal Procedure . .
Seniors

Courses of Instruction
Business Administra-
tion

Liberal Arts

Credit Hours Defined . . .

Debate and Speech

Debate Tournaments . . .

Degrees

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Business

Administration ....
Bachelor of Laws ....
Bachelor of Science. . .

INDEX

Page Page

64 Doctor of Medicine. . . 243

224 Degrees Conferred 251

7 Dentistry 124

9 Deposits 61, 79

59 Dormitories 53

62 Rules 85

Dramatics 212

62 Economics 226

63,118 Education 140

60 Endowment 48

Engineering 125

English 146

153 Enrollment Summary. . . 262

57 Examinations 70

215 Faculty 16

Fees 75

52 Finance 228

109 Forensics 102

Forestry 127

64 Fraternities 106

104 French 170

Geographical Distribu-

114 tion 264

130 German 173

83 Grading System 70

50 Graduation

53 Distinctions 72

50 Requirements 112

119,217 Greek 138

108 Hindi 175

75 Historical Sketch 44

134 History 154

62 Honor Societies 100

3 Honor System 100

Introductory Statement. 7

252 Journalism 152

Latin 139

41 Law 119,219

Libraries 54

70 Literary Societies 101

71 Loan Funds 96

Majors 118

Management 228

224 Marketing 229

129 Mathematics 158

129 Medals 104

102 Medical Technology. ... 122

103 Medicine 243

Military Science and

112 Tactics 162

Ministerial Students .... 95, 99

119,219 Music 178

241 Nursing 123

112 Phi Beta Kappa 107

266

Index

Page

Philosophy 186

Physical Education

Courses 189

Equipment 52

Physics 193

Political Science 196

Probation 68

Psychological Center ... 73

Psychology 200

Publications 107

Quality Points 114

Radio Station 104

Re-admission 69

Recitations Per Week. . . 63

Recreational Activities . . 108
Registration

Dates 3

Procedure 63

Regulations 64

Religion 203

Religious Activities 108

Religious Education .... 207

Reports 71

Room Regulations 85

Page

R.O.T.C 162

R.O.T.C. Commissions . 261

Russian 175

Scholarships and Con-
cessions 90

Secretarial Studies 231

Sociology 209

Spanish 175

Speech 212

Speech Institute 103

Student Government ... 100
Summer Session

Elsewhere 23

Summer Term 249

Teacher Certificate

Requirements 141

Theater 103

Transcripts 72, 80

Trustees 8

Tuition 77

Upper Division 117

Veterans 73

Withdrawal

From College 67

From Course 67

267